Anda di halaman 1dari 418

Table of Contents (Hydronic)

Page
About Us 1
System Modeling Software 2
Multi-Zoning and Energy Cost 3
Features and Benefits 4
Water Products Overview 5
DX Products Overview 6
Accessory Products Overview 7
Equipment Sound Data 8

MAC120 Air-Cooled Chiller 9


Nomenclature Breakdown 10
Guide Specifications 11
Product Specifications 13
Capacities 15
Installation and Operating Manual 17
Wiring Diagrams 34
Certified Drawing 43

MAC036,048 and 060 Air Cooled Chiller 44


Nomenclature Breakdown 45
Guide Specifications 46
Product Specifications 48
Capacities 50
Circulating Pump Curve 56
Installation and Operating Manual 57
Wiring Diagrams 74
Certified Drawing 83

MHCCW (Ceiling Concealed) 2-pipe Chilled Water with Electric Heat. 1 to 3 Tons 84
Nomenclature Breakdown 85
Guide Specifications 86
Product Specifications 88
Chilled Water Capacities 89
Hot Water Capacities 94
Electric Heat Capacities 99
CFM and Glycol Adjustments 100
Capacity Adjustment Factors 101
Installation and Operating Manual 102
Wiring Diagrams 113
Certified Drawing 116

MHNCCW (Ceiling Concealed) 4-Pipe Chilled and Hot Water. 1 to 3 Tons 117
Nomenclature Breakdown 118
Guide Specifications 119
Product Specifications 121
Chilled Water Capacities 122
Hot Water Capacities 127
CFM and Glycol Adjustments 132
Capacity Adjustment Factors 133
Installation and Operating Manual 134
Wiring Diagrams 145
Certified Drawing 147
Table of Contents (Hydronic Continued) Page
MCCW (Ceiling Concealed) 2-Pipe Chilled and Hot Water. 4 to 5 Tons 148
Nomenclature Breakdown 149
Guide Specifications 150
Product Specifications 152
Chilled Water Capacities 153
Hot Water Capacities 155
CFM and Glycol Adjustments 157
Capacity Adjustment Factors 157
Installation and Operating Manual 158
Wiring Diagrams 169
Certified Drawing 170
MHWW (Hi-Wall) 2-Pipe Chilled and Hot Water. 1 to 3 Tons 171
Nomenclature Breakdown 172
Guide Specifications 173
Product Specifications 175
Chilled Water Capacities 176
Hot Water Capacities 181
Capacity and Glycol Adjustment Factors 186
Installation and Operating Manual 187
Wiring Diagrams 202
Certified Drawing 206
CFFWA (Universal Mount) 2-Pipe Chilled and Hot Water. 1 to 5 Tons 207
Nomenclature Breakdown 208
Guide Specifications 209
Product Specifications 211
Chilled Water Capacities 212
Hot Water Capacities 218
Capacity and Glycol Adjustment Factors 224
Installation and Operating Manual 225
Wiring Diagrams 231
Certified Drawing 232
CWA2 (Air Handler) 2-pipe Chilled Water with Electric Heat. 1.5 to 5 Tons 233
Nomenclature Breakdown 234
Guide Specifications 235
Product Specifications 237
Chilled Water Capacities 238
Hot Water Capacities 243
CFM and Glycol Adjustments 246
Capacity Adjustment Factors 247
Installation and Operating Manual 249
Wiring Diagrams 257
Certified Drawing 258
CWA4 (Air Handler) 4-pipe Chilled and Hot Water 2 to 5 Tons 259
Nomenclature Breakdown 260
Guide Specifications 261
Product Specifications 263
Chilled Water Capacities 264
Hot Water Capacities 268
CFM and Glycol Adjustments 269
Capacity Adjustment Factors 270
Installation and Operating Manual 271
Wiring Diagrams 279
Certified Drawing 280
Table of Contents (Direct Expansion) Page
MHCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX with Electric Heat. 1 to 3 Tons 281
Nomenclature Breakdown 282
Guide Specifications 283
Product Specifications 285
Capacities 287
CFM Adjustments 288
Installation and Operating Manual 289
Wiring Diagrams 300
Certified Drawing 304

MCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX Only. 4 to 5 Tons 305


Nomenclature Breakdown 306
Guide Specifications 307
Product Specifications 309
Capacities 309
CFM Adjustments 309
Installation and Operating Manual 310
Wiring Diagrams 316
Certified Drawing 317
MHNCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX with Hot Water. 1 to 3 Tons 318
Nomenclature Breakdown 319
Guide Specifications 320
Product Specifications 322
DX Capacities 323
CFM Adjustments 323
Glycol Adjustments 323
Capacity Adjustment Factors 324
Hot Water Capacities 325
Installation and Operating Manual 330
Wiring Diagrams 341
Certified Drawing 343

MHWX (Hi-Wall) DX Only. 1 to 3 Tons 344


Nomenclature Breakdown 345
Guide Specifications 346
Product Specifications 348
Capacities 348
Installation and Operating Manual 349
Wiring Diagrams 363
Certified Drawing 371

FSFCA (Universal Mount) DX Only. 1 to 5 Tons 372


Nomenclature Breakdown 373
Guide Specifications 374
Product Specifications 376
Capacities 376
Installation and Operating Manual 377
Wiring Diagrams 383
Certified Drawing 384
Table of Contents (Accessories)
Accessories Page
Storage Tanks 385
Expansion Tank and Air Scoop 387
Liquid Solution Bypass Valve 388
Liquid Solution Control Valves 389
Condensate Pump 391
Control Thermostats 392
Wye Strainer 395
Circulating Pumps (1,1.5 & 2 HP) 396
Circulating Pump Curve (1,1.5 & 2 HP) 397
Circulating Pumps (.5 HP) 398
Circulating Pump Curve (.5 HP) 399
Ceiling Concealed Enclosures 400

Sample Piping 407


Banked Chiller Configuration 408
Warranty Information 409
About Us
Setting new industry standards is what we do best.
At Multiaqua, our commitment to creating innovative air conditioning products has made us one
of the most respected organizations in the industry. From concept to market, Multiaqua takes a
hands-on approach to ensure that each and every step meets our stringent standards of quality,
durability and dependability.

All Multiaqua products are designed with the future in mind. That’s why all air conditioning
products are flexible, which makes it easy to adapt to virtually all kinds of building applications.

Whether it’s residential or commercial air conditioning needs, Multiaqua has the products to
meet or exceed all expectations.

Manufacturing Excellence
Our beliefs in quality is more than just a practice, it is something we take great pride in. Our
quality management system is integrated with international quality requirements of ISO 9002.
That is why some of the biggest OEM names in the air conditioning industry use Multiaqua
products in their units. In fact, Multiaqua chillers were part of air conditioning system that won
first place awards in the Quality Home Comfort Awards Competition, which was created to
honor the best in residential comfort system design and application.

Our products are tested and certified to the UL, CE, ETL, UL1995 and ARI standards; the most
respected and stringent in the world.

Experience The Future


At Multiaqua, we invite you to come experience the future of air conditioning and see why more
and more companies are discovering the new standard of air conditioning excellence. And by
combining cost effectiveness, innovation and quality, Multiaqua will continue to provide air
conditioning products that will be the most sought after in the world.

1
Multiaqua Makes Hydronic System Design Easy
NAME: MULTIAQUA
LOCATION: SOUTH CAROLINA

36000 BTU/H 24000 BTU/H 24000 BTU/H 30000 BTU/H 36000 BTU/H
24000 BTU/H 7.6 GPM
7.6 GPM 5 GPM 5 GPM 4.9 GPM 6.3 GPM

ICL-2 ICL-3 ICL-5 ICL-6 ICL-7


ICL-4

45°F 55°F
45°F 55°F
45°F 55°F 45°F 55.4°F 45°F 55°F 45°F 55°F

1" 1"

1" 1" 1"


145' 5' 5' 1"
145' 5' 1" 5' 1.25" 5' 1.25"
1" 1.5" 1.25" 5'
55°F 145' 1'
60000 BTU/H
12.6 GPM 1' 1.5" 5' 1.25"
145' 1.25" 1.25"
ICL-1 45°F
1.25" 117000 BTU/H
100' 1.25"
9.8 TONS
1.5" 24.5 GPM
145' 1.5" (50%)
1.25" 55°F

100' 5'
1.25" 145' 11.5 GAL 0'
45°F
5'
CH-2
10' 1" 2" 117000 BTU/H
2" 9.8 TONS
ET-1
24.5 GPM
1.5" 2" 0' (50%)

BYPASS VALVE 2.5" 55°F

1.5" 5'
2.5" 1'
1' 5' 2.5" 2" 45°F
CH-1
2.5" 73.1 GAL
STOR-1
49 GPM
66.7 FT

P-1

Sample Design Shown

Introducing System Modeling Software


Multiaqua has teamed up with HVAC Solutions and would like to introduce the newest version of the HSS
Software. This software will contain a selection model that includes Mutiaqua’s Air Cooled Chillers, Fan Coils
and Air Handling Units.

HSS software will allow you to drag and drop components to design hydronic systems. It includes the necessary
piping, piping components and equipment. It is capable of exporting calculation reports, equipment schedules
and a bill of material. Visit www.multiaqua.com for software down load.

2
3
Ductless and Ducted Hydronic Air Conditioning & Heating Systems.

FOR MULTIZONING FACILITIES

• Zoning saves energy


• Better Control of Humidity
• Separate Climate in each Room

1. More Energy Efficient Thru Zoned Comfort Cooling.


2. Zoning Allows For Diversity.
3. Diversity and Load Calculations Allows For Reducing The Size of The Outdoor
Power Plant.
4. Banking Chillers Allows For Huge Efficiencies Thru Staging.
5. Helps Control The Growth Of Mold, Mildew and Fungus.
6. Low Installation Costs.
7. No Refrigerant Handling.
8. No Ductwork No Line Sets.
9. Heat & Cool with the Same Units.
10. No Line Length Limitations.
11. Unlimited Tonnage with Single Phase Power.
12. Easy To Expand System.

Think Water !!!

4
Water Product Overview
Page 44 Page 9

MAC036, 048 & 060 Air Cooled Chiller MAC120 Air Cooled Chiller
• 3, 4 & 5 Ton Air Cooled Chiller • 10 Ton Air Cooled Chiller
• Copeland Scroll Compressor Technology • Copeland Scroll Compressor Technology
• R 407c Refrigerant • R 407c Refrigerant
• Horizontal Air Discharge • Vertical Air Discharge
• Stainless Steel Pump Included • Two Stages of Cooling

Page 84 Page 117

MHCCW (Ceiling Concealed) Chilled Water 2-Pipe MHNCCW (Ceiling Concealed) Chilled/Hot Water 4-Pipe
With or Without Electric Heat • 12,000-36,000 BTUH
• 12,000- 36,000 BTUH • Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation
• Available with or without Electric Heat • Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space
• Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation • Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet
• Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space • Powder Painted Galvanized Steel
• Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet • Double Field Reversible Hand of Connection Coil
• Powder Painted Galvanized Steel • Manual Air Vents
• Field Reversible Hand of Connection Coil • Discharge May be Ducted for Small Spaces
• Manual Air Vents
• Discharge May be Ducted for Small Spaces

Page 171 Page 148

MCCW (Ceiling Concealed) Chilled/Hot Water 2-Pipe


• 48,000 – 60,000 BTUH
MHWW (Hi-Wall) Chilled/Hot Water 2-Pipe • Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation
• 9,000- 36,000 BTUH • Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space
• High Wall Mounting • Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet
• Attractive Seamless Appliance Design • Powder Painted Galvanized Steel
• Cleanable Air Filter Provided • Manual Air Vents
• Wireless Infrared Remote Included • Discharge May be Ducted for Small Spaces
• Wired Controller Option

Page 233

Page 207

Page 259

CWA2 With or Without Electric Heat 2-Pipe


CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water 4-Pipe
CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coil 2-Pipe • Available in 2 or 4-Pipe Configuration
• 12,000- 60,000 BTUH • 18,000- 60,000 BTUH
• Floor, Low Wall or Horizontal Ceiling Mounting • Up Flow, Left or Right Hand Horizontal Installation
• Attractive Modular Design • Equipped with R4.2 Insulation
• Cleanable Air Filter Included • CWA2 in 208/240-1-60 & CWA4 in 120-1-60
• Optional Wireless Remote • Electric or Hot Water Heat
5
DX Product Overview
DX Fan Coils are Compatible with R410a Refrigerant and are 13 SEER Compatible
All DX Coils come Shipped From the Factory with a TXV Installed.

MHCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX 2-Pipe MHNCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX 4-Pipe


With or Without Electric Heat with Hot Water
• 12,000-36,000 BTUH • 12,000-36,000 BTUH
• Available with or without Electric Heat • Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation
• Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation • Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space
• Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space • Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet
• Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet • Powder Painted Galvanized Steel
• Powder Painted Galvanized Steel • Double Field Reversible Hand of Connection Coil
• Field Reversible Hand of Connection Coil • TXV Provided
• TXV Provided • Discharge May Be Ducted for Small Places
• Discharge May be Ducted for Small Places • Hot Water Heating Coil
•13 SEER Compatible •13 SEER Compatible

MCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX FSFCA (Universal Mount) DX or Heat Pump


• 48,000-60,000 BTUH • 12,000- 60,000 BTUH
• Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation • Floor, Low Wall or Horizontal Ceiling Mounting
• Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space • Attractive Modular Design
• Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet • Cleanable Air Filter Included
• Powder Painted Galvanized Steel • Optional Wireless Remote
• TXV Provided • TXV Provided
• Discharge May be Ducted for Small Spaces •13 SEER Compatible

MHWX (Hi-Wall) DX or Heat Pump


• 9,000- 36,000 BTUH
• High Wall Mounting
• Attractive Seamless Appliance Desi
• Cleanable Air Filter Provided
• Wireless Infrared Remote Included
• Wired Control Option
6
Accessories Overview
Page 385 Page 387 Page 388

Storage Tanks
Expansion Tank & Air Scoop Liquid Solution Bypass Valve
20 & 42 Gallon

Page 389 Page 395 Page 391

Motorized Valves Wye Strainer Condensate Pump


2 & 3-Way

Page 392 Page 396 Page 398

Thermostats Circulating Pumps Enclosures

7
January 2008
Multiaqua Equipment Sound Levels

The following will detail the “Sound Levels” of the Multiaqua equipment line.

Air Cooled Chillers

MAC 036, 048, 060 Chillers: 69 dbs (A)

MAC120 Chillers: 75 dbs (A)

Hi-Wall Fan Coils

MHWX-09 / MHWW-09: DX and chilled water Hi-Wall fan coils: 42 dbs (A).
MHWX-12 / MHWW-12: DX and chilled water Hi-Wall fan coils: 43 dbs (A).
MHWX-18 / MHWW-18: DX and chilled water Hi-Wall fan coils: 45 dbs (A).
MHWX-24 / MHWW-24: DX and chilled water Hi-Wall fan coils: 46 dbs (A).
MHWX-36 / MHWW-36: DX and chilled water Hi-Wall fan coils: 48 dbs (A).

Universal Mount Fan Coils

FSFCA-04 / CFFWA-04: DX and chilled water Universal Mount fan coils: 42 dbs (A).
FSFCA-06, 08 / CFFWA-06, 08: DX and chilled water Universal Mount fan coils: 44 dbs (A).
FSFCA-10 / CFFWA-10: DX and chilled water Universal Mount fan coils: 46 dbs (A).
FSFCA-10, 12 / CFFWA-10, 12: DX and chilled water Universal Mount fan coils: 48 dbs (A).
FSFCA-16, 20 / CFFWA-16, 20: DX and chilled water Universal Mount fan coils: 50 dbs (A).

Hideaway Fan Coils

MHCCX-04 / MHCCW-04: DX / chilled water with electric heat Hideaway fan coils: 42 dbs (A)
MHCCX-06 / MHCCW-06: DX / chilled water with electric heat Hideaway fan coils: 44 dbs (A)
MHCCX-08 / MHCCW-08: DX / chilled water with electric heat Hideaway fan coils: 46 dbs (A)
MHCCX-10 / MHCCW-10: DX / chilled water with electric heat Hideaway fan coils: 48 dbs (A)
MHCCX-12 / MHCCW-12: DX / chilled water with electric heat Hideaway fan coils: 49 dbs (A)

MHNCCX-04 / MHNCCW-04: DX / chilled water with hot water heat Hideaway fan coil: 40 dbs (A)
MHNCCX-06 / MHNCCW-06: DX / chilled water with hot water heat Hideaway fan coil: 42 dbs (A)
MHNCCX-08 / MHNCCW-08: DX / chilled water with hot water heat Hideaway fan coil: 44 dbs (A)
MHNCCX-10 / MHNCCW-10: DX / chilled water with hot water heat Hideaway fan coil: 46 dbs (A)
MHNCCX-12 / MHNCCW-12: DX / chilled water with hot water heat Hideaway fan coil: 48 dbs (A)

MCCX-16 / MCCW-16: DX and chilled water Hideaway fan coil. 46 dbs (A)
MCCX-20 / MCCW-20: DX and chilled water Hideaway fan coil. 46 dbs (A)

Disclaimer: Specifications are subject to change without notice. All tests conducted in non-
echoic chambers. Sound levels were measured at five feet from the unit. Levels were measured
using free air delivery.

8
MAC120 Air-Cooled Chiller
Air-Cooled Chillers for Global Residential
and Light Commercial MicroClimates

9
MAC120 NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN

MAC120 - XX - X - R407

10-Ton Accessory
Air-Cooled Chiller Options
N= No Options
L= Low Ambient Kit

Voltage
01 = 208/230-1-50/60
02 = 208/230-3-50/60
03 = 380/460-3-50/60

Available Model Numbers

MAC120-01-N-R407
MAC120-01-L-R407
MAC120-02-N-R407
MAC120-02-L-R407
MAC120-03-N-R407
MAC120-03-L-R407

10
HVAC Guide Specifications
Air-Cooled Liquid Chiller

Nominal Size:
10 Tons
Multiaqua Model Number:
MAC120-01-N-407, MAC120-01-L-407
MAC120-02-N-407, MAC120-02-L-407
MAC120-03-N-407, MAC120-03-L-407

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua air-cooled liquid chillers are designed using scroll compressors and low sound condenser fans.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Construction shall comply with ASHRAE 15 Safety Code, NEC and ASME applicable codes. (U.S.A.
Codes)
C. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
D. ETL certified.
E. Fully load tested at the factory.
F. Damage resistant packaging.
1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested air-cooled liquid chiller.
2. Shall be assembled on heavy gauge steel mounting/lifting rails.
3. Contained within the unit cabinet shall be all factory wiring, piping, controls, refrigerant charge
(R407c), POE oil and special accessories required prior to start up.
4. Brass body strainer with 20 mesh screen and blow down shall be supplied in cabinet as a
field installable accessory.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder.
2. Capable of withstanding 500-hour salt spray test in accordance with the ASTM (U.S.A.) standard.
C. Condenser Fans:
1. 4-blade, aluminum construction and shall be dynamically balanced and corrosion resistant.
2. Discharge air at a 45° vertical angle.
3. Motors and blades shall be protected by coated steel wire safety guards.
D. Fan Motors:
1. Condenser fan motors shall be single speed, direct drive.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Permanently lubricated sleeve bearings and Class F insulation.
4. Internal overload protection.
E. Compressors:
1. Unit shall contain two fully hermetic scroll compressors.
2. Direct-drive, 3500 rpm (60Hz)
3. Compressor motor shall be suction gas cooled.
4. Internal motor protection.
5. Externally protected by low and high pressure cutout devices.
6. Individual vibration isolators.
11
F. Pump:
1. Unit shall be capable of incorporating a field installed chilled liquid solution pump.
(Space restricted)
2. Unit shall have provisions to allow for chilled liquid solution piping to the exterior of the cabinet.
G. Evaporator:
1. Evaporator shall have two independent refrigerant circuits.
2. Rated for a refrigerant side working pressure of 450 psig and a maximum water side working
pressure of 60 psig.
3. Single pass, ANSI type 316 stainless steel, brazed plate construction.
4. Externally insulated with closed cell, elastomeric foam. (ASTM518)
H. Condenser:
1. Condenser coil shall be air-cooled with integral subcooler.
2. Two independent refrigerant circuits.
3. Constructed of rifled copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins.
4. Cleaned and dehydrated.
5. Factory leak tested to 450 psig.
I. Refrigerant Circuits:
1. Each circuit shall contain a sight glass, liquid line filter, thermal expansion valve,
refrigerant charge of R407c and POE compressor oil.

Part 3-Controls and Safeties


3.01 Controls
A. Chiller shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. Capacity control shall be based on leaving chilled liquid solution temperature.
1. Temperature accuracy shall be + - 1.0°F.
2. Controls shall be capable of staging the two compressors.
C. Controls shall include the following components.
1. 24vac transformer to serve all controllers relays and control components.
2. Microprocessor based liquid solution temperature controller.
3. Leaving water temperature thermistor.
4. Pump bypass timer.
5. Compressor recycle timer.
6. Optional fan cycling control for low ambient operation.
7. Chilled liquid solution flow switch.
3.02 Safeties
A. Unit shall be equipped with thermistors and all necessary components in conjunction with the
control system to provide the following protectants.
1. Low refrigerant pressure.
2. High refrigerant pressure.
3. Low chilled liquid solution temperature.
4. Low chilled liquid solution flow.
5. Thermal overload.
6. Short cycling.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Temperatures
A. Unit shall be capable of starting and running at outdoor temperatures from 55°F to 120°F.
B. Optional Low Ambient Kit shall allow starting and running at outdoor temperatures to -20°F. A
field supplied and installed crank case heater must be used when operating at these temperatures.
C. Unit shall be capable of starting up with a maximum 80°F and a sustained 70°F entering fluid
solution temperature to the evaporator.
D. Minimum 10% Glycol solution is required. For outdoor temperatures below 32°F, reference
MAC Glycol Solution Data table.
4.02 Electrical Requirements
A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperature.
C. Units shall be available in 1 or 3-phase power at the voltages shown in the equipment electrical data.
D. Control points shall be accessed through terminal block.
12
MAC120 Product Specifications
Physical Data
Condenser Coil Chiller Weight (lbs)
Model Copper
Number Height Length Tubing Coil Height Length Width Refrigerant
Net Shipping
(in) (in) Diameter Rows (in) (in) (in) R407c
(in)
MAC120-01 52.5 48 3/8 3 60 58.25 25.25 104 oz x 2 650 700
MAC120-02 52.5 48 3/8 3 60 58.25 25.25 104 oz x 2 650 700
MAC120-03 52.5 48 3/8 3 60 58.25 25.25 104 oz x 2 650 700
Electrical Data
Compressor Condenser Fan
Fuse or HACR Circuit
Model Motor
Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Breaker
Number (Qty 2) (Qty 2)
Minimum Maximum
(RLA) (LRA) (RLA) (RPM) Amps Amps
MAC120-01 208/230-1-50/60 32.1 x 2 169 x 2 2.3 x 2 900 44.73 x 2 75 x 2
“See note 1” “See note 1”

MAC120-02 208/230-3-50/60 19.3 x 2 137 x 2 2.3 x 2 900 48.03 65


“See note 2” “See note 2”

MAC120-03 380/415/460-3-50/60 10 x 2 75 x 2 1.6 x 2 900 25.70 35


“See note 2” “See note 2”
Note:
1. MAC120-01 has two independent line voltage terminations.
2. MAC120-02 & MAC120-03 has one independent line voltage termination.

Copper Wire Size (1% Voltage Drop)


200 6 4 4 4 3 3 2 2
Length in Feet
Supply Wire

150 8 6 6 4 4 4 3 3
100 10 8 8 6 6 6 4 4
50 14 12 10 10 8 8 6 6
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Supply Circuit Ampacity

Compressor Copeland Scroll


Refrigerant R407c
Heat Exchanger Brazed Plate
Max Flow Rate 28.8 gpm
Min Flow Rate 18 gpm
Supply Water Temp 44°
Return Water Temp 54°
Minimum System
50 Gallons
Solution Content
Expansion Tank Size 3% of Total System
Water Connections 1 3/8" OD Supply & Return
Internal Pressure Drop 18 ft of head

Multiaqua chillers are designed to operate exclusively with R407c refrigerant in a self-contained, pre-charged refrigerant system. Do
not access the closed refrigerant circuit for any reason other than after-sale, after installation component replacement. Routine
maintenance and service is to be performed by qualified personnel only.

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

13
MAC120 Product Specifications
MAC120 Capacity / Watts / EER*
Outdoor Air °F
82 95 100 105 110
TONS 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.7 8.7
KILOWATTS 10.9 11.5 11.5 12.1 12.4
EER 10.35 9.39 9.18 8.63 8.42
* Refrigerant system performance only, pump data not included.

MAC120 Glycol Solution Data


Water
Propylene Glycol % Capacity Min. Ambient Temp GPM Adjustment= 100% Capacity
Flow
10% x 1.020 x 0.99 26°F x 1.01
20% x 1.028 x 0.98 18°F x 1.03
30% x 1.036 x 0.98 8°F x 1.07
40% x 1.048 x 0.97 -7°F x 1.11
50% x 1.057 x 0.96 -29°F x 1.16

Example: 30% glycol solution.


Maximum Flow Rate = 12gpm x 1.036
System capacity x .98
*Use Propylene Glycol Only

Important
If the outside temperature is expected to fall below freezing (32°F) in the area the Multiaqua chiller is to be
installed; the installer must take the following precautions. Failure to do so will void the warranty.
To not engage in cold ambient mitigation will result in the failure of components such as the heat
exchanger, piping, circulating pump, etc… and or property damage.

• Keep the liquid solution at a minimum of 10% percent Propylene Glycol even in areas where there is no
danger of freezing.
• The percentage amount of glycol recommended is dependent on the expected ambient temperatures and the
solution makeup recommendation of the glycol manufacturer. Refer to the MAC120 Glycol Solution Data table
above.
• Ensure the system circulating pump is in a constant energized mode to keep a continuous circulation of liquid
solution.

The Multiaqua chiller is a self-contained air-cooled condenser, coupled with an insulated brazed plate heat
exchanger (evaporator). The system utilizes a scroll compressor to circulate refrigerant between the condenser
and heat exchanger. The refrigerant is metered into the heat exchanger with a thermal expansion valve.
Protecting the system are high and low pressure switches as well as a pump flow switch.
Liquid solution (water and Propylene Glycol; minimum 10 % is required) is circulated through the heat
exchanger by an externally mounted pump. The liquid solution flows through the heat exchanger to the system
supply piping and on to the air handlers.
Low ambient kits are available for operating ambient temperatures down to -20 degrees Fahrenheit. A field
supplied and installed crankcase heater must be installed when operating at these temperatures. The low
ambient kits consist of an ICM 325 (+) ICM (175) for single and three phase 208/230 vac chillers. For the three
phase 380/460 vac chillers a pressure activated fan control is used.
These specifications are subject to change without notice.

14
MAC120 Cooling Performance Data
MAC120 CAPACITIES with 0% Glycol
ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 7.9 7.6 7.4 7.3 7.1
40 8.8 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.1
42 9.1 8.7 8.5 8.4 8.4
44 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.7 8.7
45 9.6 9.2 9.0 8.8 8.8
28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8
46 9.7 9.3 9.1 9.0 9.0
48 10.1 9.7 9.4 9.3 9.3
50 10.4 10.0 9.7 9.6 9.6
55 11.3 10.9 10.5 10.4 10.3
60 12.3 11.8 11.4 11.2 11.1

MAC120 CAPACITIES with 10% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 7.8 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.0
40 8.7 8.3 8.1 8.0 8.0
42 9.0 8.6 8.4 8.3 8.3
44 9.3 8.9 8.7 8.6 8.6
45 8.5 9.1 8.9 8.7 8.7
28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8
46 9.6 9.2 9.0 8.9 8.9
48 10.0 9.6 9.3 9.2 9.2
50 10.3 9.9 9.6 9.5 9.5
55 11.2 10.7 10.4 10.3 10.2
60 12.1 11.6 11.2 11.0 10.9

MAC120 CAPACITIES with 20% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 7.7 7.4 7.2 7.1 6.9
40 8.6 8.2 8.0 7.9 7.9
42 8.9 8.5 8.3 8.2 8.2
44 9.2 8.8 8.6 8.5 8.5
45 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.6 8.6
28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8
46 9.5 9.1 8.9 8.8 8.8
48 9.9 9.5 9.2 9.1 9.1
50 10.1 9.8 9.5 9.4 9.4
55 11.1 10.6 10.2 10.1 10.0
60 12.0 11.5 11.1 10.9 10.8

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

15
MAC120 Cooling Performance Data
MAC120 CAPACITIES with 30% Glycol
ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 7.7 7.4 7.2 7.1 6.9
40 8.5 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.9
42 8.8 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.1
44 9.1 8.7 8.5 8.4 8.4
45 9.3 8.9 8.7 8.5 8.5
28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8
46 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.7 8.7
48 9.8 9.4 9.1 9.0 9.0
50 10.1 9.7 9.4 9.3 9.3
55 11.0 10.6 10.2 10.1 10.0
60 11.9 11.5 11.1 10.9 10.8

MAC120 CAPACITIES with 40% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 7.6 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8
40 8.5 8.1 7.9 7.8 7.8
42 8.8 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.1
44 9.1 8.7 8.5 8.4 8.4
45 9.3 8.9 8.7 8.5 8.5
28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8
46 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.7 8.7
48 9.8 9.4 9.1 9.0 9.0
50 10.0 9.7 9.4 9.3 9.3
55 10.9 10.5 10.1 10.0 9.9
60 11.9 11.4 11.0 10.8 10.7

MAC120 CAPACITIES with 50% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 7.5 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8
40 8.4 8.0 7.8 7.7 7.7
42 8.7 8.3 8.1 8.0 8.0
44 9.0 8.6 8.4 8.3 8.3
45 9.2 8.8 8.6 8.4 8.4
28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8
46 9.3 8.9 8.7 8.6 8.6
48 9.7 9.3 9.0 8.9 8.9
50 9.9 9.6 9.3 9.2 9.2
55 10.8 10.4 10.0 9.9 9.8
60 11.8 11.3 10.9 10.7 10.6

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

16
17
Table of Contents
Page

Introduction 19

System Description & Sequence of Operation 20

Electrical & Physical Data 21

Description of Electrical Controls 23

Chiller Controls Sequence of Operation 25

Refrigeration System Operation 26

Description of Refrigeration Components 26

Piping System Components 28

Layout & Design 29

Banked Chiller Configuration 30

Installation Notes 31

Propylene Glycol Content 32

Expansion Tank 32

Filling the System with Propylene Glycol 33

Air Elimination 33

18
Multiaqua Chiller Manual
The Multiaqua Chiller System is the only air conditioning/refrigeration system of its kind in the world
today offering the degree application flexibility described in the following manual.

The Multiaqua Chiller System is not only unique in its application flexibility; it is unique in superior
quality, rated capacities and rugged durability. When installed in accordance with these instructions the
system will deliver years of trouble free service.

Proper equipment sizing, piping design and installation are critical to the performance of the chiller. This
manual is meant to be a “how to” introduction to piping and installing the Multiaqua Chiller System.

MAC120 Chiller Features

• Copeland Scroll Compressors


• Advanced Motor Protection
• Loss of Flow Protection
• Control Power Transformer
• Low Ambient Option
• Integrated Chilled Solution Pump Control
• Flow Switch
• Strainer Connection Kit
• Painted Metal Condenser Protector Grille
• Dual Refrigeration Circuits and Single Liquid Solution Circuit

RECOGNIZE THIS SYMBOL AS AN INDICATION OF IMPORTANT SAFETY OR


INSTRUCTION RELATED INFORMATION.

Web site information addresses are supplied throughout this manual for piping and accessory information.
The plumbing industry also has pressure drop information on ferrous and copper piping systems.

The following sections will describe each component and how it functions within the system. Installation
information is supplied where appropriate. The piping design section will explain the design and layout
the piping system from a “how to” perspective. Following the examples provided will enable the installer
to determine the correct pipe and accessory sizing, as well as equipment location. It is important to know
before installation if the proposed system will operate correctly and by doing a formal layout of a new
application or review of an existing piping system will make that determination.

Throughout this manual the term “liquid solution” is used in place of water. The chiller circulates a
solution of water and Propylene Glycol.

It is essential to operate the system with a minimum of 10% glycol. DO NOT OPERATE THIS
SYSTEM USING WATER ALONE.
For proper liquid solutions mix ratios, refer to page 14 or the glycol manufacture’s recommended mix
ratios.

19
System Description & Sequence of Operation

The Multiaqua Chiller is a self-contained, air-cooled condenser, coupled with an insulated brazed plate
heat exchanger (evaporator). The system utilizes scroll compressors to circulate refrigerant between the
condenser and heat exchanger. The refrigerant is metered into the heat exchanger with a thermostatic
expansion valve. Protecting the system are high and low pressure switches as well as a pump flow switch.

Liquid solution (water and Propylene Glycol is circulated through the heat exchanger by a field supplied
pump. The liquid solution flows through the heat exchanger to the system supply piping and on to the air
handlers.

A solenoid-operated, motorized valve or circulator controls the flow of the chilled liquid solution through
the air handlers. The valves or circulators can be actuated by a variety of different control schemes.

Liquid solution temperature is controlled by a chiller mounted digital electronic controls. A system
sequence of operation, individual control description, troubleshooting information and a schematic are
included in the controls section.

It must be recognized that ferrous pipe may cause acceleration deterioration of the brazed
plate heat exchanger and could void the heat exchanger warranty.

Cooling load Diversity


Equipment sizing for a chilled liquid solution system can utilize Cooling Load Diversity. Diversity is
described as the actual amount of cooling needed (heat load) by various sections of a structure at a given
time. Conventional air conditioning systems are designed for the highest structure heat load. The
conventional system determines and selects equipment based on the peak heat load demanded by the
structure. A system sized to take advantage of diversity would determine the heat load by the time of day,
building exposure and usage. As an example the sections of a structure facing west, demand more cooling
in the afternoon, than sections facing east. The opposite of this is true in the morning, where the east
section is exposed to a higher heat load requiring more cooling. Utilizing diversity the chiller system
would adapt to the needs of each side of the structure during peak demand by delivering more cooling to
that area and less to the areas that do not need it. A structure utilizing a conventional DX system, requires
8 tons of cooling at peak load, could utilize a much smaller capacity system (potentially 4 or 5 tons) if the
system installed could take advantage of load diversity, which would supply the necessary amount of
cooling to the space, as and when needed instead of keeping a larger capacity available at all times.

Cooling load diversity can best be determined by referring to ACCA. (Air Conditioning Contractors of
America) Manual “J”, Refer to the appendix A-2, Multi-Zone Systems. ACCA’s Internet address is
http://www.acca.org/
Because of diversity a Multiaqua Chiller can serve more total air handler tonnage than chiller capacity. A
10-ton chiller may be delivering chilled liquid solution to 15 or more tons of air handler capacity. Because
of cooling load diversity, the building does not need equal amounts of cooling in each area at the same
time.
20
ELECTRICAL AND PHYSICAL DATA
The information contained in this manual has been prepared to assist in the proper installation, operation
and maintenance of the chiller. Improper installation, or installation not made in accordance with these
instructions can result in unsatisfactory operation and/or dangerous conditions and can cause the related
warranty not to apply.
Read this manual and any instructions packaged with separate equipment required to make up the system
prior to installation. Retain this manual for future reference.

Separate and independent power supplies and disconnects must be provided. These chillers have
separate and discreet power requirements within one cabinet.

All power to the chiller must be turned off prior to opening cabinet and or servicing.

Failure to properly ground chiller can result in death.

Disconnect all power wiring to chiller before maintenance or service work. Failure to do so can
cause electrical shock resulting in personal injury or death.

All wiring must be done in accordance with the NEC (National Electric Code) as well as state and
local codes, by qualified electricians.

Product warranty does not cover any damages or defect to the chiller caused by the attachment or
use of any components, accessories or devices (other than those authorized by the manufacturer) into,
onto or in conjunction with the chiller. You should be aware that the use of unauthorized components,
accessories or devices may adversely affect the operation of the chiller and may also endanger life and
property. The manufacturer disclaims any responsibility for such loss or injury resulting from the use of
such unauthorized components, accessories or devices.

Upon receiving the chiller and components, inspect for any shipping damage. Claims for damage,
either apparent or concealed should be filed immediately with the shipping company.

No liquid other than the solution of water and Propylene Glycol (mixed in accordance with table
6 page 32) shall be used in the piping system.

Corrosive environments may subject metal parts of the chiller to rust and deteriorate. The
oxidation could shorten the chiller’s useful life. Corrosive elements include salt spray, fog or mist in sea
coastal areas, sulfur or chlorine from lawn watering systems and various chemical contaminants from
industries such as paper mills and petroleum refineries.
If the unit is to be installed in an area where contaminates are likely to be a problem, special attention
should be given to the equipment location and exposure.
• Avoid having lawn sprinklers spray directly on the chiller cabinet.
• In coastal areas, locate the chiller on the side of the building away from the water front.
• Elevating the chiller off of its slab or base enough to allow air circulation will help avoid holding water
in contact with the cabinet base.
• Regular maintenance will reduce the build-up of contaminants and help protect the cabinet finish.
• In severe locations having the chiller coated with an “epoxy” or other coating formulated for air
conditioning systems located in coastal areas may be necessary.
21
Consult local building codes or ordinances for special installation requirements. When
selecting a site to locate the chiller, consider the following:

• A minimum clearance of 60” on the service access front, 12” on the rear air inlet and a 60” fan discharge
clearance.

• The chiller can be located out or indoors. If installed indoors there must be 9000 cfm of outdoor air
changes circulated through the mechanical room to sufficiently operate the chiller. No ductwork can be
connected to the chiller’s condenser or condenser fans.

• If a concrete slab is used, do not connect the slab directly to any building’s foundation or structure to
prevent sound transmission.

• Locate the slab on a level surface that is above grade to prevent ground water from entering the chiller
cabinet.

Stated Service Clearances

60” Fan Discharge Clearance

12” Rear Clearance

60” Front Service


Clearance
0” Side Clearance

58.25
60.00”
60.00”
58.25”

Chiller Supply and Return 60.00”


Piping Access

15”

10”

4.25”
13” 25.25”

22
Description of Electrical Controls

Control Transformer: The control transformer is rated at 24 vac, 40 va


(1.6 amps @ 24vac)

Pump Bypass Timer: The pump bypass timer is a 24 vac, 3-wire control.
When energized the timer will bypass the flow switch for 10 seconds (by
creating a circuit to the pump relay), energizing the pump relay, allowing the
pump to operate long enough to close the flow switch. In a normally operating
system the flow switch will stay closed powering the pump relay in series with
the low and high- pressure switches. Should the flow switch open, the timer
can only be reset by opening and closing the chiller's line voltage disconnect.

Refrigerant System Timer: The refrigerant timer is a 24 vac, 5-minute delay


on break, 20wire timer. The normally closed contacts of the timer energize
the compressor contactor through the chilled solution control. When the chilled
solution control contacts open, the timer delays by opening its contact for 5-
minutes before resetting to the closed position.

High Pressure Switch: The high-pressure switch is an automatic reset control


that senses compressor discharge line pressure. It opens at 400 PSIG and
closes at 300 PSIG.

23
Description of Electrical Controls (continued)

Low Pressure Switch: The low-pressure switch is an automatic reset control


that senses compressor suction line pressure. It opens at 40 PSIG and
closes at 80 PSIG.

Flow Switch: The flow switch senses liquid solution flow. The paddle of the
switch is inserted through a fitting into the pump discharge line. Liquid solution
flow deflects the paddle closing the switch. The flow switch is position sensitive.
The arrow ↑ on the switch must point in the direction of liquid solution flow.

Compressor Contactor: The compressor contactor energizes the compressor


through the two or three normally open contacts. The contactor coil operates
(closes the contacts) when energized by 24 vac.

Liquid Solution Temperature Control: The liquid solution temperature control


is an adjustable microprocessor based temperature control. This control receives
temperature information from a thermistor located on the liquid solution supply
line. A liquid crystal display continually indicates liquid solution temperature. The
control is mounted inside the chiller cabinet.

24
Chiller Controls Sequence of Operation
When powered up, the Multiaqua chiller system energizes the control transformer creating 24 vac control voltage.

First the pump bypass timer is energized and temporarily bypasses the flow switch, energizing the pump relay. The
pump then starts to move liquid solution through the piping system (in a properly filled and air purged system). The
movement of liquid solution from the pump discharge keeps the flow switch closed. After a 10 second delay the pump
contact opens, connecting the flow switch in series with the high and low pressure switches. The pump will now run
continually unless the power supply is interrupted, or the flow switch opens.

If the liquid solution temperature controller is calling for cooling the control circuit is routed through the short cycle
timer and the three safety switches (the flow, high and low pressure switches) to the compressor contactor. This will
energize the compressor(s) and condenser fan motors. The liquid solution controller will open at the user programmed
set point, causing the refrigerant short cycle timer to open it's contact for 5 minutes as it delays before resetting to the
closed position. This will de-energize the compressor. Power fluctuations will also initiate a 5 minute time delay. The
5 minute delay allows the refrigerant system a period for pressure equalization, protecting the compressor(s) from
short cycling.

The chiller temperature controller utilizes a thermistor to monitor the liquid solution temperature change. The
temperature is then compared to the set point and differential temperatures programmed into the control by the user.
The set point is the liquid solution temperature which will cause the control switch to open. For example: The control
set point is programmed at 44°F LWT with a 10°F differential, which opens the controller at 44°F LWT and closes at
54°F. The differential temperature is the number of degrees above set point temperature programmed into the
controller. If liquid solution temperature falls to the set point, the controller cycles the compressors off.

Chillers are shipped with the control set point adjusted to 44°F LWT and a 10°F differential. Liquid solution
temperature set point should not be set below 35°F.

25
SYSTEM FAULTS:
Flow Switch Opening: The flow switch is normally closed during pump operation. Should liquid solution flow be
interrupted for any reason, the control will open shutting down and locking out the chiller operation. The only exception
to this is when power is first applied to the chiller and the pump bypass timer bypasses the flow switch for 10 seconds.

When the system is first filled with liquid solution and the pump is started, expect the system to cycle off
on the flow switch until all of the air is removed from the piping system. The system will have to be
reset by opening and then closing the disconnect switch or circuit breaker powering the chiller.

Low Pressure Switch Opening: Should the compressor suction pressure go low enough (40 PSI) to open the low-
pressure switch, the compressor and condenser fan motors will shut down. Check for a refrigerant leak, inoperative
thermal expansion valve, low liquid solution control setting, low ambient operation, low liquid solution flow, etc.

High Pressure Switch Opening: Should the compressor discharge pressure go high enough to open the high- pressure
switch the compressor and condenser fan motors will shut down. Check for a dirty condenser coil, inoperable fan motor(s)
or the recirculation of condenser air.

Refrigeration System Operation

The refrigeration system is a closed loop consisting of 2 compressors, dual circuit heat exchanger (evaporator), metering
devices (TXVs) and condenser coil. The refrigerant circulated is R407c. Hot gas is pumped from the compressors to the
to the condenser coil where the two condenser fans pull cooler air across the coil condensing and sub cooling the refrigerant.
The now liquid refrigerant flows through the liquid line to the thermal expansion valves, where the refrigerant pressure
drops causing the refrigerant to boil at a much lower temperature (34-40°F). The refrigerant leaves the expansion valves and
swirls through the plates of the heat exchanger absorbing heat from the circulating liquid solution.

The evaporator or heat exchanger is designed to operate with an 8-10 °F superheat. The condenser is designed to
condense the refrigerant and sub cool it to 10 °F below condensing temperature.

Description Of Refrigerant Components

Scroll Compressor: All Multiaqua chillers feature Scroll compressors. Scroll


technology ensures reliable high performance at a low sound level over a wide range
of operating conditions.

Caution the top half of the scroll compressor operates at a temperature high
enough to cause serious injury.

26
Description Of Refrigerant Components (continued)

Brazed Plate Heat Exchanger: The "Heat Exchanger" or evaporator is of a


brazed copper and stainless steel design. Refrigerant and liquid solution is channeled
through narrow openings between plates and flows in opposite directions. The counter
flow design and fluid turbulence ensures maximum heat exchange at minimal pressure
drop.

Thermal Expansion Valve: Multiaqua chillers are equipped with Thermal Expansion
valves. The valves feature a liquid charged sensing bulb for consistent superheat at
various load conditions.

Condenser Coil: The air-cooled condenser coil is of copper tube with aluminum fin
construction. The coil is protected by a painted metal condenser grille.

27
Piping System Components
Supply Storage Tank: The supply storage tank must be used in the system with less
than 25 gallons of liquid solution. The tank prevents rapid cycling of the compressors
and acts as a reserve for chilled liquid solution.

Supply storage tank must be insulated in the field.

Part Number: WX202H (20 Gallon)


WX202H (42 Gallon)

Expansion Tank and Air Scoop: The Expansion Tank and Air Scoop assembly is
used to compensate for the expansion and contraction of liquid in the system. The
air scoop eliminates air entrance in the liquid solution.

Part Number: 1500/1"

Liquid Solution Bypass Valve: The liquid solution bypass valve relieves system
pressure from the liquid solution supply to the return as system air handler control
are cycled off.

Part Number: D146M1032- 3/4"


D146M1040- 1 1/4"

Motorized Valve: The air handler motorized valve controls the flow of liquid solution
to the systems air handlers. Each air handler in the system should have a motorized
or solenoid valve.

Part Number: MZV524E-T 1/2" 2-Way Zone Valve


MZV525E-T 3/4" 2-Way Zone Valve
MZV526E-T 1" 2-Way Zone Valve
VT3212G13A020 1/2" 3-Way Zone Valve
VT3212G13A020 3/4" 3-Way Zone Valve

28
Composite Piping Layout and Design
Understanding the function and friction loss of each part of the piping system is important to the layout and successful
installation of a chilled liquid solution system.

1- 2-Way Liquid Solution Control Valves


2- Bypass Valve
3- Storage Tank
4- Expansion Tank
5- Coil
6- Chiller
7- Pump

The circulation pump is the key performer in the piping system. The pump must circulate the liquid solution through the
heat exchanger and piping system to the air handlers. Pumps are designed to deliver a flow rate measured in gallons
per minute(GPM). The pump must be able to overcome the resistance to flow (pressure drop) imposed by the chiller
components, piping system and air handlers while maintain the necessary flow rates in gallons per minute. Pump
capacities in gallons per minute and pressure drop (feet of head) are listed in table 1.

An adjustable valve must be used to throttle the discharge liquid solution flow rate to appropriate levels based
on capacity and glycol mix percentages.

Chiller System Data


Table 1

MAC Series MAC-120


Min. Liquid Solution Flow Rate GPM 18
Max.Liquid Flow Rate GPM 28.8
Min. Liquid Solution Content in System Gallons 50
Expansion Tank Size Gallons 3% of Total
Internal Chiller Pressure Loss Ft.of Head 1.85
Chiller Liquid Solution Content Gallons 1.5

Piping resistance or pressure drop is measured in feet of head. A foot of head is the amount of pressure drop imposed
in lifting liquid solution one foot. Pumps in the Multiaqua system are designed to move rated liquid solution flow (see
table 1) in GPMs.

29
Banked Chiller Configuration

Notes:
Installing Multiaqua chillers in parallel is recommended.

30
Installation Notes:

Piping such as PEX,steel, copper or PVC can be used with the Multiaqua system. Check local building codes for
material conformation. Care must be taken when using PVC as the presence of propylene glycol may destroy
plastics. Pressure drop data for the selected piping material is readily available and should be used. Should the
Multiaqua chiller be installed using existing steel (ferrous metal) piping system, dielectric fittings must be used
at the chiller and air handler. The factory supplied wye strainer will capture particles of rust and sediment
inherent with steel piping and should be checked and cleaned after initial start up and open a regular maintenance
during the life of the system.

Any piping used to conduct liquid solution must be insulated in accordance with local and national mechanical
codes. Information on insulation installation and application can be obtained from Armaflex web site at
www.armaflex.com and Owens-Corning site at www.owenscorning.com/mechanical/pipe/. For future servicing
of the chiller and air handlers, it is suggested that shutoff valves be installed at the chiller and air handler(s). If
ball valves are used, they can double as balancing valve(s) in the supply piping at each air handler. Chiller
shutoff valves should be attached at the chiller connections with unions.

The air handlers are to be controlled with electrically operated "slow-opening" solenoid valves, circulators or
motorized zone valves as manufactured by Erie controls (www.eriecontrols.com/products/index.htm) A remote
thermostat or air handler installed digital control operate the valves.

Bypass valves as shown in drawing 1, should be installed between the supply and the return chilled liquid
solution supply pipes at a convenient location to the installation. The bypass valve operates to bypass liquid solution
between the supply and return chilled liquid solution lines. In the event air handlers valves should shut down, the
bypass valve is set to open up and bypass liquid solution between the supply and return lines, relieving pressure
and eliminating the possibility of pump cavitations. To adjust the valve, run the system with one air handler
solenoid actuated. De-energize the solenoid valve, (at this point no liquid solution will be flowing through the air
handlers.) and adjust the bypass valve to relieve pressure between the supply and return piping.

Bleed ports will be factory installed on all Multiaqua air handlers. Bleed ports are opened to eliminate air trapped
in the air handlers after filling the system with liquid solution and Propylene Glycol and before operating the
refrigerant compressor in the chiller.

The minimum liquid solution content in the chiller system,(piping, chiller, and air handlers), is 50 U.S. gallons.
Estimate the system liquid solution content. Should the system have less than 50 gallons of liquid solution
content, a chilled liquid solution storage tank must be installed . The tank stores enough chilled liquid solution
to prevent frequent chiller compressor cycles at light load and prevents chilled liquid temperature swings at
higher load conditions when the chiller compressor is waiting to cycle on the time delay control.

Propylene Glycol must be added to the water used in the system. Propylene helps prevent freeze-ups due to
low ambient temperature conditions and low chilled liquid solution temperatures. In comparison to water,
Propylene Glycol slightly lessons the temperature exchange in the chiller heat exchanger. However, that is
offset by the increased flow of liquid solution through the piping system enabled by the Propylene Glycol. To
determine the Propylene Glycol content for various ambient temperatures refer to table 6 page 32.

In no instance should a Multiaqua chiller be installed with less than 10% Propylene Glycol content in the piping
system. Using less than the recommended Propylene Glycol percentage content voids equipment warranty.

31
Polypropylene Glycol System Content vs.
Minimum Ambient Temperature
To not engage in cold ambient mitigation will result in the failure of components, property damage and
void warranty.

Table 6
Percent of Propylene Glycol to Water Content
Propylene Water Min. Ambient GPM Adjustment
Capacity
Glycol % Flow Temperature = 100 % Capacity
10% x 1.020 x .99 26°F x 1.01
20% x 1.028 x .98 18°F x 1.03
30% x 1.036 x .98 8°F x 1.07
40% x 1.048 x .97 -7°F x 1.11
50% x 1.057 x .96 -29°F x 1.16

Ethylene Glycol is environmentally hazardous and not recommended. Inhibited Propylene Glycol ( typical
automotive coolant) is not to be used in a Multiaqua Chiller under any circumstances. Dow Chemical's "Ambitrol"
family of Glycol-based coolants of food grade Propylene Glycol is suggested. Information on Ambitrol is available
from Dow at www.dow.com, search word "Ambitrol".

Expansion Tanks:

Liquid solution expansion and contraction within the closed system must be compensated for with an expansion
tank. The expansion tank used with the Multiaqua system, is a steel tank with a rubber bladder attached to it
internally. There is air pressure on one side of the rubber bladder that keeps the bladder pushed against the
sides of the tank before the system is filled with liquid solution (illustration above). As the liquid solution heats
up the bladder will be pushed further away from the tank walls, allowing for expansion and contracting as the
liquid solution temperature changes. By flexing, the bladder controls the system pressure adjusting to
temperature variations of the chilled liquid solution system.

It is critical that the expansion tank's air bladders pressure be less than the system solution pressure. Air
pressure can be measured with an automotive tire gauge at the bicycle valve port on the expansion tank. Bleeding
air out of the bladder or increasing the pressure with a bicycle pump will adjust pressure.

System must use a liquid solution storage tank if system volume is less than 50 U.S. gallons.

32
Filling System with Liquid Solution and Coolant
(Propylene Glycol)
Before filling system with Propylene Glycol and water, pressure test the piping system with compressed air.
Testing should be done at a maximum of 50 psi.The system should hold air pressure for a minimum of
one hour with no leakage.
Concentrations of Propylene Glycol in excess of 50% will destroy o-rings in fittings and pump. Water should
be added to the system first or a liquid solution diluted Propylene Glycol mix.

System that contains 50 or more U.S. gallons should have a tee fitting with a stopcock installed in the return
line close to the chiller. The stopcock can be opened and attached to a hose with a female X female hose
fitting. In the open end of the hose section (1 -1.5 feet long) insert a funnel and pour into the system the
diluted Propylene Glycol/liquid solution mixture or add water first and then the quantity of Propylene Glycol
needed for minimum ambient protection (refer to Table 6). After adding the Propylene Glycol/water mixture, or
liquid solution and then coolant proceed to add enough water to the system to achieve a 15 psi gauge pressure.
To measure system pressure shut off the stopcock, remove hose and attach a water pressure gauge. Open
the stopcock to read system pressure.

Systems that use the Chilled Liquid Solution Storage Tank should be filled at the tee/stopcock fitting in the
outlet fitting of the storage tank. Fill the tanks with 10 gallons of water and with a funnel pour the calculated
(refer to Table 6) amount of Propylene Glycol into the tank. The amount of Propylene Glycol added should be
calculated to achieve minimum ambient protection. After adding Propylene Glycol, fill the system with enough
liquid solution to bring system pressure to approximately 15 psi gauge pressure. To measure system pressure
shut off the stopcock and attach a water pressure gauge. Open the stopcock to read system pressure.

Air Elimination
Since we have the system filled we must eliminate the air left in the system. Briefly open each bleed valve at
the air handlers and allow trapped air to escape. This will eliminate much of the air left in the system.

Next we will start the pump and continue bleeding air from the system. Be sure the chiller has line voltage
available to it and set the chilled liquid solution control up to 100 °F, which will ensure that only the pump runs
at this point. The pump should now start and remain running. Should the pump stop at any time during this
process it is an indication that the flow switch had air move across it allowing the circuit to be interrupted.
Continue to bleed some air out of the system at the highest locations before resetting the pump bypass timer
to get the pump running again. Open and close the power supply switch to the chiller to restart the pump.
Continue bleeding air with the pump operating. You may have to start and re-start the pump a few times to
complete air removal.
If you continue having air entrapment issues, it will be necessary to install a micro bubble remover device.

All piping systems should have a minimum of 10% Propylene Glycol in the system even in climates with non-
freezing ambient temperatures.

Using less than the recommended Propylene Glycol percentage content voids equipment warranty.

Liquid solution control valves (solenoid or motorized valves) should be selected for low pressure drop. If a selected
valve contributes to pushing your total head calculation to more than 50 feet of head, a larger valve may be
needed to bring your total head below the maximum of 50 feet.

Liquid Solution Balancing:


Liquid solution balancing will require an accurate digital thermometer to measure return line liquid solution
temperature at each air handler. Set the chilled liquid solution temperature control in the chiller at a normal
operational temperature (44°F) and measure pump discharge temperature with the digital thermometer to check
system solution temperature. After the chilled liquid solution temperature has lowered to the set point begin the
balancing process. The system must be free of air and each air handler set at a temperature low enough to
continue cooling operation (and liquid solution flow) during the balancing process. Begin by measuring the return
line chilled liquid solution temperature of each air handler. Begin incrementally closing the supply line balance
valve at the air handlers with the lowest return line chilled liquid solution temperature. Continue this process
until each air handler has close to the same return line chilled liquid solution temperature.
33
MAC120-3 Ladder Wiring Diagram
380/460-3-50/60

34
MAC120-3 Wiring Diagram
380/460-3-50/60

MULTIAQUA
BL

BK
380/460-3-50/60 RD

TRANSFORMER
YL

380/460-3
BK

24 vac
BK FS
T1 YL BK
RD
COMP
BK CON1` T2
L1 1 BL
WH
T3 BL
RD BL
L2 BK BK LPS1

WH 1
L3
2
GND BK
T1 3
RD BK
COMP
CON2 T2 4 HPS1
2
WH
T3
BK

BK
BK
TIMER1

BK

BK BK

REL 1 REL 2 BK
WH 2
BK TM2
1
BK

NOTE 1 1
BL BL
2 LPS2

3
BL
BL 4
BK BL BK
BL BL BK BK
HPS2
DTC 1 NO C DTC 2 NO C

FAN FAN
24 vac COM 24 vac COM 1 2
FC1 FC2
WH BK BK
WH BK 2
TM2
BK
1
BK

RD

WH

LEGEND: CON COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR


TITLE MAC120-03 380/460-3-50/60 NOTES:
FACTORY WIRING FS FLOW SWITCH
1.PUMP STARTER RELAY
AUTHOR kjg FIELD WIRING LPS LOW PRESSURE SWITCH

DATE DTC DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER HPS HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH


09/22/08
FC CONDENSER FAN CONTACTOR TIMER PUMP BYPASS TIMER
REVISION 0807300029 REV 1
REL CONDENSER FAN RELAY TM2 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM TIMER

35
MAC120-3-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram
380/460/-3-50/60

MULTIAQUA
BL BK
RD

TRANSFORMER
YL

380/460-3
BK

24 vac
380/460-3-50/60 BK FS
T1 YL BK
RD
COMP
BK CON1` T2 1 BL
L1 WH
T3 BL
RD BL
L2 BK BK LPS1

WH 1
L3
2
BK
T1 3
RD BK
COMP
GND CON2 T2 4 HPS1
2
WH
T3
BK
BK
BK
TIMER1

BK

BK BK

REL 1 REL 2 BK
2
BK TM2
NOTE 1 1
BK
FAN CYCLE
PRESSURE 1
SWITCH BL BL
2 LPS2

4
BL BK
BL BL BK BK
FAN CYCLE HPS2
PRESSURE DTC 1 NO C DTC 2 NO C
SWITCH
FAN FAN
1 2
24 vac COM 24 vac COM
FC1 1 3 FC2 1 3
BK
2
TM2
BK
1
NOTE 2 4 6 4 6

NOTE 3

LEGEND: CON COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR


TITLE MAC120-03 WITH LOW AMBIENT KIT NOTES:
FACTORY WIRING FS FLOW SWITCH
1. PUMP STARTER RELAY
AUTHOR kjg FIELD WIRING LPS LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
2. LOW AMBIENT RELAY #1
DATE 09/22/08 DTC DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER HPS HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
3. LOW AMBIENT RELAY #2
FC CONDENSER FAN CONTACTOR TIMER PUMP BYPASS TIMER
0608400097 REV 1
REVISION
REL CONDENSER FAN RELAY TM2 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM TIMER

36
MAC120-2 Ladder Wiring Diagram
208/230-3-50/60

37
MAC120-2 Wiring Diagram
208/230-3-50/60

38
MAC120-2-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram
208/230-3-50/60

39
MAC120-1 Ladder Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

40
MAC120-1 Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

41
MAC120-1-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

42
MAC120 CERTIFIED DRAWING

43
MAC036,048 & 060 Air-Cooled Chiller
Air-Cooled Chillers for Global Residential
and Light Commercial MicroClimates

44
MAC036,048 & 060 NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN

MACXXX - XX - X

Accessory
Air-Cooled Chiller Options
036= 36,0000 BTUH N= No Options
048= 48,0000 BTUH L= Low Ambient Kit
060= 60,0000 BTUH

Voltage
01 = 208/230-1-50/60
02 = 208/230-3-50/60
03 = 380/460-3-50/60

Available Model Numbers

MAC036-01-N MAC048-01-N MAC060-01-N


MAC036-01-L MAC048-01-L MAC060-01-L
MAC036-02-N MAC048-02-N MAC060-02-N
MAC036-02-L MAC048-02-L MAC060-02-L
MAC060-03-N
MAC060-03-L

45
HVAC Guide Specifications
Air-Cooled Liquid Chiller
Nominal Size:
3, 4 & 5 Tons
Multiaqua Model Number:
MAC036-01-N-407, MAC036-01-L-407: MAC036-02-N-407, MAC036-02-L-407,
MAC048-01-N-407, MAC048-01-L-407: MAC048-02-N-407, MAC048-02-L-407,
MAC060-01-N-407, MAC060-01-L-407, MAC060-02-N-407, MAC060-02-L-407,

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua air-cooled liquid chillers are designed using scroll compressors, low sound condenser fans and high
efficiency pumps.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Construction shall comply with ASHRAE 15 Safety Code, NEC and ASME applicable codes. (U.S.A.
Codes)
C. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
D. ETL Certified
E. Fully load tested at the factory.
F. Damage resistant packaging.
1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.
Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested air-cooled liquid chiller.
2. Shall be assembled on heavy gauge steel mounting/lifting rails.
3. Contained within the unit cabinet shall be all factory wiring, piping, controls, refrigerant charge
(R407c), POE oil and special accessories required prior to start up.
4. Brass body strainer with 20 mesh screen and blow down shall be supplied in cabinet as a
field installable accessory.

B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder.
2. Capable of withstanding 500-hour salt spray test in accordance with the ASTM (USA) standard.

C. Condenser Fans:
1. 4-blade, aluminum construction and shall be dynamically balanced and corrosion resistant.
2. Horizontal discharged air.
3. Motors and blades shall be protected by coated steel wire safety guards.

D. Fan Motors:
1. Condenser fan motors shall be single speed, direct drive.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Permanently lubricated sleeve bearings and Class F insulation.
4. Internal overload protection.

E. Compressors:
1. Unit shall contain one fully hermetic scroll compressors.
2. Direct-drive, 3500 rpm (60Hz)
3. Compressor motor shall be suction gas cooled.
4. Internal motor protection.
5. Externally protected by low and high pressure cutout devices.
6. Individual vibration isolators.

46
F. Pump:
1. Circulating pump shall be stainless steel with high efficiency enclosed motor.
2. Unit shall have chilled liquid solution piping to the exterior of the cabinet.

G. Evaporator:
1. Evaporator shall have one independent refrigerant circuit and one liquid solution circuit.
2. Rated for a refrigerant side working pressure of 450 psig and a maximum water side working
pressure of 150 psig.
3. Single pass, ANSI type 316 stainless steel, brazed plate construction.
4. Externally insulated with closed cell, elastomeric foam. (ASTM518)

H. Condenser:
1. Condenser coil shall be air-cooled with integral subcooler.
2. One independent refrigerant circuit.
3. Constructed of rifled copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins.
4. Cleaned and dehydrated.
5. Factory leak tested to 450 psig.

I. Refrigerant Circuits:
1. Each circuit shall contain a sight glass, liquid line filter, thermal expansion valve,
refrigerant charge of R407c and POE compressor oil.
Part 3-Controls and Safeties
3.01 Controls
A. Chiller shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. Capacity control shall be based on leaving chilled liquid solution temperature.
1. Temperature accuracy shall be + - 1.0°F.
2. Controls shall be capable of staging the two compressors.
C. Controls shall include the following components.
1. 24vac transformer to serve all controllers relays and control components.
2. Microprocessor based liquid solution temperature controller.
3. Leaving water temperature thermistor.
4. Pump bypass timer.
5. Compressor recycle timer.
6. Optional low pressure bypass timer for low ambient operation.
7. Optional fan cycling control for low ambient operation.
8. Chilled liquid solution flow switch.
3.02 Safeties
A. Unit shall be equipped with thermistors and all necessary components in conjunction with the
control system to provide the following protectants.
1. Low refrigerant pressure.
2. High refrigerant pressure.
3. Low chilled liquid solution temperature.
4. Low chilled liquid solution flow.
5. Thermal overload.
6. Short cycling.
Part 4-Operating Characteristics:
4.01 Temperatures
A. Unit shall be capable of starting and running at outdoor temperatures from 55°F to 120°F.
B. Optional Low Ambient Kit shall allow starting and running at outdoor temperatures to -20°F. A
field supplied and installed crankcase heater must be used when operating at these temperatures.
C. Unit shall be capable of starting up with a maximum 80°F and a sustained 70°F entering fluid
solution temperature to the evaporator.
D. Minimum 10% Glycol solution is required. For outdoor temperatures below 32°F, reference
MAC Glycol Solution Data table.
4.02 Electrical Requirements
A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperature.
C. Units shall be available in 1 or 3-phase power at the voltages shown in the equipment electrical data.
D. Control points shall be accessed through terminal block.

47
MAC036, 048 & 060 Product Specifications
Physical Data
Coil Chiller Weight (lbs)
Model Copper
Number Height Length Coil Height Length Width Refrigerant
Diameter Net Shipping
(in) (in) Rows (in) (in) (in) R407c
(in)
MAC036 38 48 3/8 1 49.75 39.75 16.25 84.66 oz 280 283
MAC048 38 48 3/8 2 49.75 39.75 16.25 92.95 oz 292 295
MAC060 38 48 3/8 2 49.75 39.75 16.25 92.95 oz 313 316
Electrical Data
Condenser
Fuse or HACR Circuit
Compressor Fan Motor Pump Motor
Volts/ Phase/ Breaker Per Circuit
Model Number (2 qty)
Hertz
Maximum
(RLA) (LRA) (FLA) (RPM) (FLA) (RPM) Minimum Amps
Amps
MAC036-01 208/230-1-50/60 18.4 95 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 28.80 45
MAC036-02 208/230-3-50/60 11.4 77 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 20.05 30
MAC048-01 208/230-1-50/60 22.1 137 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 33.43 50
MAC048-02 208/230-3-50/60 16.4 91 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 26.30 40
MAC060-01 208/230-1-50/60 32.1 169 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 45.93 70
MAC060-02 208/230-3-50/60 19.3 137 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 29.93 45
MAC060-03 380/460-3-50/60 10 75 0.60 1050 2.85 3500 16.55 25

MAC036 MAC048 MAC060


Copeland Copeland Copeland
Compressor Copper Wire Size (1% Voltage Drop)
Scroll Scroll Scroll
200 6 4 4 4 3 3 2 2
Length in Feet

Refrigerant R407c R407c R407c


Supply Wire

150 8 6 6 4 4 4 3 3
Heat Exchanger Brazed Plate Brazed Plate Brazed Plate
100 10 8 8 6 6 6 4 4
Max. Head Pressure 50 ft. 50 ft. 50 ft.
50 14 12 10 10 8 8 6 6
Max Flow Rate 8.6 gpm 11.5 gpm 14.4 gpm
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Min Flow Rate 5.5 gpm 6.5 gpm 9.0 gpm Supply Circuit Ampacity
Supply Water Temp 44° 44° 44°
Return Water Temp 54° 54° 54°
Min. Solution Content 25 Gallons 25 Gallons 25 Gallons
Expansion Tank Size 2 Gallons 2 Gallons 2 Gallons
Pump 0.5 HP 0.5 HP 0.5 HP
Water Connections 1" S & 1.25" R 1" S & 1.25" R 1" S & 1.25" R
Internal Pressure loss 1.77 ft of head 1.68 ft of head 1.85 ft of head

Multiaqua chillers are designed to operate exclusively with R407c refrigerant in a self-contained, pre-charged refrigerant system. Do not
access the closed refrigerant circuit for any reason other than after-sale, after installation component replacement. Routine maintenance
and service is to be performed by qualified personnel only.

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

48
MAC036, 048 & 060 Product Specifications
MAC036, 048 & 060 Capacity / Watts / EER
MAC036 MAC048 MAC060
O/A Temp (°F) Tons KW EER Tons KW EER Tons KW EER
82 2.9 3.3 10.55 3.9 4.3 10.88 5.1 5.3 11.55
95 2.8 3.7 9.08 3.7 4.6 9.65 4.9 5.9 9.97
100 2.7 3.9 8.31 3.6 4.8 9.00 4.8 6.1 9.44
105 2.7 4.0 8.10 3.5 5.0 8.40 4.7 6.4 8.81
110 2.6 4.3 7.28 3.4 5.4 7.56 4.7 6.5 8.68
Glycol Solution Data
Water
Propylene Glycol % Min. Ambient Temp GPM Adjustment= 100% Capacity
Flow Capacity
10% x 1.020 x 0.99 26°F x 1.01
20% x 1.028 x 0.98 18°F x 1.03
30% x 1.036 x 0.98 8°F x 1.07
40% x 1.048 x 0.97 -7°F x 1.11
50% x 1.057 x 0.96 -29°F x 1.16

Example: 30% glycol solution.


Maximum Flow Rate = 12gpm x 1.036
System capacity x .98
Use Propylene Glycol Only

Important
If the outside temperature is expected to fall below freezing (32°F) in the area the Multiaqua chiller is to be
installed; the installer must take the following precautions. Failure to do so will void the warranty.
To not engage in cold ambient mitigation will result in the failure of components such as the heat
exchanger, piping, circulating pump, etc… and or property damage.

• Keep the liquid solution at a minimum of ten percent propylene glycol even in areas where there is no danger
of freezing.
• The percentage amount of glycol recommended is dependent on the expected ambient temperatures and the
solution makeup recommendation of the glycol manufacturer. Refer to the Glycol Solution Data table above.
• Ensure the system circulating pump is in a constant energized mode to keep a continuous circulation of liquid
solution.

The Multiaqua chiller is a self-contained air-cooled condenser, coupled with an insulated brazed plate heat
exchanger (evaporator). The system utilizes a scroll compressor to circulate refrigerant between the condenser
and heat exchanger. The refrigerant is metered into the heat exchanger with a thermostatic expansion valve.
Protecting the system are high and low pressure switches as well as a pump flow switch.
Liquid solution (water and propylene glycol; minimum 10 % is required) is circulated through the heat
exchanger by an externally mounted pump. The liquid solution flows through the heat exchanger to the system
supply piping and on to the air handlers.
Low ambient kits are available for operating ambient temperatures down to 0 degrees Fahrenheit. The low
ambient kits consist of an ICM 325 (+) ICM (175) for single and three phase 208/230 vac chillers. For the three
phase 380/460 vac chillers a pressure activated fan control is used.
These specifications are subject to change without notice.

49
MAC036 Cooling Performance Data
MAC036 CAPACITIES with 0% Glycol
ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 1.70 1.60 1.50 1.40 1.30
40 2.30 2.20 2.10 2.10 2.00
42 2.60 2.50 2.40 2.40 2.30
44 2.90 2.80 2.70 2.70 2.60
45 3.10 3.00 2.90 2.80 2.70
7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2
46 3.20 3.10 3.00 3.00 2.90
48 3.60 3.50 3.20 3.30 3.20
50 3.90 3.80 3.50 3.60 3.50
55 4.80 4.70 4.30 4.30 4.20
60 5.80 5.60 5.20 5.20 5.00

MAC036 CAPACITIES with 10% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 1.68 1.58 1.49 1.39 1.29
40 2.28 2.18 2.08 2.08 1.98
42 2.57 2.48 2.38 2.38 2.28
44 2.87 2.77 2.67 2.67 2.57
45 3.07 2.97 2.87 2.77 2.67
7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2
46 3.17 3.07 2.97 2.97 2.87
48 3.56 3.47 3.17 3.27 3.17
50 3.86 3.76 3.47 3.56 3.47
55 4.75 4.65 4.26 4.26 4.16
60 5.74 5.54 5.15 5.15 4.95

MAC036 CAPACITIES with 20% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 1.67 1.57 1.47 1.37 1.27
40 2.25 2.16 2.06 2.06 1.96
42 2.55 2.45 2.35 2.35 2.25
44 2.84 2.74 2.65 2.65 2.55
45 3.04 2.94 2.84 2.74 2.65
7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2
46 3.14 3.04 2.94 2.94 2.84
48 3.53 3.43 3.14 3.23 3.14
50 3.82 3.72 3.43 3.53 3.43
55 4.70 4.61 4.21 4.21 4.12
60 5.68 5.49 5.10 5.10 4.90

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

50
MAC036 Cooling Performance Data

MAC036 CAPACITIES with 30% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 1.67 1.57 1.47 1.37 1.27
40 2.25 2.16 2.06 2.06 1.96
42 2.55 2.45 2.35 2.35 2.25
44 2.84 2.74 2.65 2.65 2.55
45 3.04 2.94 2.84 2.74 2.65
7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2
46 3.14 3.04 2.94 2.94 2.84
48 3.53 3.43 3.14 3.23 3.14
50 3.82 3.72 3.43 3.53 3.43
55 4.70 4.61 4.21 4.21 4.12
60 5.68 5.49 5.10 5.10 4.90

MAC036 CAPACITIES with 40% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 1.65 1.55 1.46 1.36 1.26
40 2.23 2.13 2.04 2.04 1.94
42 2.52 2.43 2.33 2.33 2.23
44 2.81 2.72 2.62 2.62 2.52
45 3.01 2.91 2.81 2.72 2.62
7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2
46 3.10 3.01 2.91 2.91 2.81
48 3.49 3.40 3.10 3.20 3.10
50 3.78 3.69 3.40 3.49 3.40
55 4.66 4.56 4.17 4.17 4.07
60 5.63 5.43 5.04 5.04 4.85

MAC036 CAPACITIES with 50% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 1.63 1.54 1.44 1.34 1.25
40 2.21 2.11 2.02 2.02 1.92
42 2.50 2.40 2.30 2.30 2.21
44 2.78 2.69 2.59 2.59 2.50
45 2.98 2.88 2.78 2.69 2.59
7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2
46 3.07 2.98 2.88 2.88 2.78
48 3.46 3.36 3.07 3.17 3.07
50 3.74 3.65 3.36 3.46 3.36
55 4.61 4.51 4.13 4.13 4.03
60 5.57 5.38 4.99 4.99 4.80

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

51
MAC048 Cooling Performance Data
MAC048 CAPACITIES with 0% Glycol
ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 2.70 2.50 2.40 2.30 2.30
40 3.30 3.10 3.00 2.90 2.90
42 3.60 3.40 3.30 3.20 3.10
44 3.90 3.70 3.60 3.50 3.40
45 4.10 3.90 3.80 3.60 3.50
9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6
46 4.20 4.00 3.90 3.80 3.60
48 4.50 4.30 4.20 4.10 3.90
50 4.80 4.60 4.50 4.40 4.20
55 5.70 5.40 5.20 5.20 4.90
60 6.60 6.20 6.10 6.10 5.80

MAC048 CAPACITIES with 10% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 2.67 2.48 2.38 2.28 2.28
40 3.27 3.07 2.97 2.87 2.87
42 3.56 3.37 3.27 3.17 3.07
44 3.86 3.66 3.56 3.47 3.37
45 4.06 3.86 3.76 3.56 3.47
9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6
46 4.16 3.96 3.86 3.76 3.56
48 4.46 4.26 4.16 4.06 3.86
50 4.75 4.55 4.46 4.36 4.16
55 5.64 5.35 5.15 5.15 4.85
60 6.53 6.14 6.04 6.04 5.74

MAC048 CAPACITIES with 20% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 2.65 2.45 2.35 2.25 2.25
40 3.23 3.04 2.94 2.84 2.84
42 3.53 3.33 3.23 3.14 3.04
44 3.82 3.63 3.53 3.43 3.33
45 4.02 3.82 3.72 3.53 3.43
9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6
46 4.12 3.92 3.82 3.72 3.53
48 4.41 4.21 4.12 4.02 3.82
50 4.70 4.51 4.41 4.31 4.12
55 5.59 5.29 5.10 5.10 4.80
60 6.47 6.08 5.98 5.98 5.68

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

52
MAC048 Cooling Performance Data

MAC048 CAPACITIES with 30% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 2.65 2.45 2.35 2.25 2.25
40 3.23 3.04 2.94 2.84 2.84
42 3.53 3.33 3.23 3.14 3.04
44 3.82 3.63 3.53 3.43 3.33
45 4.02 3.82 3.72 3.53 3.43
9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6
46 4.12 3.92 3.82 3.72 3.53
48 4.41 4.21 4.12 4.02 3.82
50 4.70 4.51 4.41 4.31 4.12
55 5.59 5.29 5.10 5.10 4.80
60 6.47 6.08 5.98 5.98 5.68

MAC048 CAPACITIES with 40% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 2.62 2.43 2.33 2.23 2.23
40 3.20 3.01 2.91 2.81 2.81
42 3.49 3.30 3.20 3.10 3.01
44 3.78 3.59 3.49 3.40 3.30
45 3.98 3.78 3.69 3.49 3.40
9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6
46 4.07 3.88 3.78 3.69 3.49
48 4.37 4.17 4.07 3.98 3.78
50 4.66 4.46 4.37 4.27 4.07
55 5.53 5.24 5.04 5.04 4.75
60 6.40 6.01 5.92 5.92 5.63

MAC048 CAPACITIES with 50% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 2.59 2.40 2.30 2.21 2.21
40 3.17 2.98 2.88 2.78 2.78
42 3.46 3.26 3.17 3.07 2.98
44 3.74 3.55 3.46 3.36 3.26
45 3.94 3.74 3.65 3.46 3.36
9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6
46 4.03 3.84 3.74 3.65 3.46
48 4.32 4.13 4.03 3.94 3.74
50 4.61 4.42 4.32 4.22 4.03
55 5.47 5.18 4.99 4.99 4.70
60 6.34 5.95 5.86 5.86 5.57

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

53
MAC060 Cooling Performance Data
MAC060 CAPACITIES with 0% Glycol
ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 3.90 3.70 3.60 3.50 3.50
40 4.50 4.30 4.20 4.10 4.10
42 4.80 4.60 4.50 4.30 4.40
44 5.10 4.90 4.80 4.70 4.70
45 5.30 5.10 5.00 4.80 4.80
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
46 5.40 5.20 5.10 5.00 5.00
48 5.80 5.60 5.40 5.30 5.30
50 6.10 5.90 5.70 5.60 5.60
55 7.00 6.70 6.40 6.30 6.20
60 7.80 7.50 7.30 7.10 7.00

MAC060 CAPACITIES with 10% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 3.86 3.66 3.56 3.47 3.47
40 4.46 4.26 4.16 4.06 4.06
42 4.75 4.55 4.46 4.26 4.36
44 5.05 4.85 4.75 4.65 4.65
45 5.25 5.05 4.95 4.75 4.75
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
46 5.35 5.15 5.05 4.95 4.95
48 5.74 5.54 5.35 5.25 5.25
50 6.04 5.84 5.64 5.54 5.54
55 6.93 6.63 6.34 6.24 6.14
60 7.72 7.43 7.23 7.03 6.93

MAC060 CAPACITIES with 20% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 3.82 3.63 3.53 3.43 3.43
40 4.41 4.21 4.12 4.02 4.02
42 4.70 4.51 4.41 4.21 4.31
44 5.00 4.80 4.70 4.61 4.61
45 5.19 5.00 4.90 4.70 4.70
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
46 5.29 5.10 5.00 4.90 4.90
48 5.68 5.49 5.29 5.19 5.19
50 5.98 5.78 5.59 5.49 5.49
55 6.86 6.57 6.27 6.17 6.08
60 7.64 7.35 7.15 6.96 6.86

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

54
MAC060 Cooling Performance Data
MAC060 CAPACITIES with 30% Glycol
ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 3.82 3.63 3.53 3.43 3.43
40 4.41 4.21 4.12 4.02 4.02
42 4.70 4.51 4.41 4.21 4.31
44 5.00 4.80 4.70 4.61 4.61
45 5.19 5.00 4.90 4.70 4.70
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
46 5.29 5.10 5.00 4.90 4.90
48 5.68 5.49 5.29 5.19 5.19
50 5.98 5.78 5.59 5.49 5.49
55 6.86 6.57 6.27 6.17 6.08
60 7.64 7.35 7.15 6.96 6.86

MAC060 CAPACITIES with 40% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 3.78 3.59 3.49 3.40 3.40
40 4.37 4.17 4.07 3.98 3.98
42 4.66 4.46 4.37 4.17 4.27
44 4.95 4.75 4.66 4.56 4.56
45 5.14 4.95 4.85 4.66 4.66
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
46 5.24 5.04 4.95 4.85 4.85
48 5.63 5.43 5.24 5.14 5.14
50 5.92 5.72 5.53 5.43 5.43
55 6.79 6.50 6.21 6.11 6.01
60 7.57 7.28 7.08 6.89 6.79

MAC060 CAPACITIES with 50% Glycol


ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
LWT (°F)
82 95 100 105 110
TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM
35 3.74 3.55 3.46 3.36 3.36
40 4.32 4.13 4.03 3.94 3.94
42 4.61 4.42 4.32 4.13 4.22
44 4.90 4.70 4.61 4.51 4.51
45 5.09 4.90 4.80 4.61 4.61
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
46 5.18 4.99 4.90 4.80 4.80
48 5.57 5.38 5.18 5.09 5.09
50 5.86 5.66 5.47 5.38 5.38
55 6.72 6.43 6.14 6.05 5.95
60 7.49 7.20 7.01 6.82 6.72

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

55
MAC 036, 048 & 060 Chiller Pump Curve
Pump Model Numbers
SSP-1 = 208/230-1-50/60
SSP-2 = 208/230/460-3-50/60
0.5 Horsepower

56
57
Table of Contents
Page

Introduction 59

System Description & Sequence of Operation 60

Electrical & Physical Data 61

Description of Electrical Controls 63

Chiller Controls Sequence of Operation 65

Refrigeration System Operation 66

Description of Refrigeration Components 66

Piping System Components 68

Layout & Design 69

Banked Chiller Configuration 69

Installation Notes 71

Propylene Glycol Content 72

Expansion Tank 72

Filling the System with Propylene Glycol 73

Air Elimination 73

58
Multiaqua Chiller Manual
The Multiaqua Chiller System is the only air conditioning/refrigeration system of its kind in the world
today offering the degree application flexibility described in the following manual.

The Multiaqua Chiller System is not only unique in its application flexibility; it is unique in superior
quality, rated capacities and rugged durability. When installed in accordance with these instructions the
system will deliver years of trouble free service.

Proper equipment sizing, piping design and installation are critical to the performance of the chiller. This
manual is meant to be a “how to” introduction to piping and installing the Multiaqua Chiller System.

MAC036, 048 & 060 Chiller Features

• Copeland Scroll Compressors


• Stainless Steel Pump
• Advanced Motor Protection
• Loss of Flow Protection
• Control Power Transformer
• Low Ambient Option
• Integrated Chilled Solution Pump Control
• Flow Switch
• Strainer Connection Kit
• Painted Metal Condenser Protector Grille
• Single Refrigeration Circuits and Single Liquid Solution Circuit

RECOGNIZE THIS SYMBOL AS AN INDICATION OF IMPORTANT SAFETY OR


INSTRUCTION RELATED INFORMATION.

Web site information addresses are supplied throughout this manual for piping and accessory information.
The plumbing industry also has pressure drop information on ferrous and copper piping systems.

The following sections will describe each component and how it functions within the system. Installation
information is supplied where appropriate. The piping design section will explain the design and layout
the piping system from a “how to” perspective. Following the examples provided will enable the installer
to determine the correct pipe and accessory sizing, as well as equipment location. It is important to know
before installation if the proposed system will operate correctly and by doing a formal layout of a new
application or review of an existing piping system will make that determination.

Throughout this manual the term “liquid solution” is used in place of water. The chiller circulates a
solution of water and Propylene Glycol.

It is essential to operate the system with a minimum of 10% glycol. DO NOT OPERATE THIS
SYSTEM USING WATER ALONE.
For proper liquid solutions mix ratios, refer to table 6, page 72 or the glycol manufacture’s recommended
mix ratios.

59
System Description & Sequence of Operation

The Multiaqua Chiller is a self-contained, air-cooled condenser, coupled with an insulated brazed plate
heat exchanger (evaporator). The system utilizes a scroll compressor to circulate refrigerant between the
condenser and heat exchanger. The refrigerant is metered into the heat exchanger with a thermostatic
expansion valve. Protecting the system are high and low pressure switches as well as a pump flow switch.

Liquid solution (water and propylene glycol) is circulated through the heat exchanger by a factory
supplied internal pump. The liquid solution flows through the heat exchanger to the system supply piping
and on to the air handlers.

A solenoid-operated, motorized valve or circulator controls the flow of the chilled liquid solution through
the air handlers. The valves or circulators can be actuated by a variety of different control schemes.

Liquid solution temperature is controlled by a chiller mounted digital electronic controls. A system
sequence of operation, individual control description, troubleshooting information and a schematic are
included in the controls section.

It must be recognized that ferrous pipe may cause acceleration deterioration of the brazed
plate heat exchanger and could void the heat exchanger warranty.
Cooling Diversity Load
Equipment sizing for a chilled liquid solution system can utilize Cooling Load Diversity. Diversity is
described as the actual amount of cooling needed (heat load) by various sections of a structure at a given
time. Conventional air conditioning systems are designed for the highest structure heat load. The
conventional system determines and selects equipment based on the peak heat load demanded by the
structure. A system sized to take advantage of diversity would determine the heat load by the time of day,
building exposure and usage. As an example the sections of a structure facing west, demand more cooling
in the afternoon, than sections facing east. The opposite of this is true in the morning, where the east
section is exposed to a higher heat load requiring more cooling. Utilizing diversity the chiller system
would adapt to the needs of each side of the structure during peak demand by delivering more cooling to
that area and less to the areas that do not need it. A structure utilizing a conventional DX system, requires
8 tons of cooling at peak load, could utilize a much smaller capacity system (potentially 4 or 5 tons) if the
system installed could take advantage of load diversity, which would supply the necessary amount of
cooling to the space, as and when needed instead of keeping a larger capacity available at all times.

Cooling load diversity can best be determined by referring to ACCA. (Air Conditioning Contractors of
America) Manual “J”, Refer to the appendix A-2, Multi-Zone Systems. ACCA’s Internet address is
http://www.acca.org/
Because of diversity a Multiaqua Chiller can serve more total air handler tonnage than chiller capacity.
For example, a 5-ton chiller may be delivering chilled liquid solution to 7 or more tons of air handler
capacity. Because of cooling load diversity, the building does not need equal amounts of cooling in each
area at the same time.
60
ELECTRICAL AND PHYSICAL DATA
The information contained in this manual has been prepared to assist in the proper installation, operation
and maintenance of the chiller. Improper installation, or installation not made in accordance with these
instructions can result in unsatisfactory operation and/or dangerous conditions and can cause the related
warranty not to apply.

Read this manual and any instructions packaged with separate equipment required to make up the system
prior to installation. Retain this manual for future reference.

Separate and independent power supplies and disconnects must be provided. These chillers have
separate and discreet power requirements within one cabinet.

All power to the chiller must be turned off prior to opening cabinet and or servicing.

Failure to properly ground chiller can result in death.

Disconnect all power wiring to chiller before maintenance or service work. Failure to do so can
cause electrical shock resulting in personal injury or death.

All wiring must be done in accordance with the NEC (National Electric Code) as well as state and
local codes, by qualified electricians.

Product warranty does not cover any damages or defect to the chiller caused by the attachment or
use of any components, accessories or devices (other than those authorized by the manufacturer) into,
onto or in conjunction with the chiller. You should be aware that the use of unauthorized components,
accessories or devices may adversely affect the operation of the chiller and may also endanger life and
property. The manufacturer disclaims any responsibility for such loss or injury resulting from the use of
such unauthorized components, accessories or devices.

Upon receiving the chiller and components, inspect for any shipping damage. Claims for damage,
either apparent or concealed should be filed immediately with the shipping company.

No liquid other than the solution of water and propylene glycol (mixed in accordance with table
6) shall be used in the piping system.

Corrosive environments may subject metal parts of the chiller to rust and deteriorate. The
oxidation could shorten the chiller’s useful life. Corrosive elements include salt spray, fog or mist in sea
coastal areas, sulfur or chlorine from lawn watering systems and various chemical contaminants from
industries such as paper mills and petroleum refineries.
If the unit is to be installed in an area where contaminates are likely to be a problem, special attention
should be given to the equipment location and exposure.
• Avoid having lawn sprinklers spray directly on the chiller cabinet.
• In coastal areas, locate the chiller on the side of the building away from the water front.
• Elevating the chiller off of its slab or base enough to allow air circulation will help avoid holding water
in contact with the cabinet base.
• Regular maintenance will reduce the build-up of contaminants and help protect the cabinet finish.
• In severe locations having the chiller coated with an “epoxy” or other coating formulated for air
conditioning systems located in coastal areas may be necessary.
61
Consult local building codes or ordinances for special installation requirements. When
selecting a site to locate the chiller, consider the following:

• A minimum clearance of 60” on the front fan discharge, 12” on the rear air inlet and a 24” clearance
is required on the service side.

• The chiller can be located out or indoors. If installed indoors there must be 4500 cfm of outdoor air
changes circulated through the mechanical room to sufficiently operate the chiller. No ductwork can be
connected to the chiller’s condenser or condenser fans.

• If a concrete slab is used, do not connect the slab directly to any building’s foundation or structure to
prevent sound transmission.

• Locate the slab on a level surface that is above grade to prevent ground water from entering the chiller
cabinet.

Stated Service Clearances


12” Rear Clearance

60” Front Fan Discharge Clearance

24” Side Service Clearance

Return
Liquid
Solution
Connection

Service
Access
Supply
Liquid
Solution
Electrical
Connection
Connection

62
Description of Electrical Controls

Control Transformer: The control transformer is rated at 24 vac, 40 va


(1.6 amps @ 24vac)

Pump Bypass Timer: The pump bypass timer is a 24 vac, 3-wire control.
When energized the timer will bypass the flow switch for 10 seconds (by
creating a circuit to the pump relay), energizing the pump relay, allowing the
pump to operate long enough to close the flow switch. In a normally operating
system the flow switch will stay closed powering the pump relay in series with
the low and high- pressure switches. Should the flow switch open, the timer
can only be reset by opening and closing the chiller's line voltage disconnect.

Refrigerant System Timer: The refrigerant timer is a 24 vac, 5-minute delay


on break, 20wire timer. The normally closed contacts of the timer energize
the compressor contactor through the chilled solution control. When the chilled
solution control contacts open, the timer delays by opening its contact for 5-
minutes before resetting to the closed position.

High Pressure Switch: The high-pressure switch is an automatic reset control


that senses compressor discharge line pressure. It opens at 400 PSIG and
closes at 300 PSIG.

63
Description of Electrical Controls (continued)

Low Pressure Switch: The low-pressure switch is an automatic reset control


that senses compressor suction line pressure. It opens at 40 PSIG and
closes at 80 PSIG.

Flow Switch: The flow switch senses liquid solution flow. The paddle of the
switch is inserted through a fitting into the pump discharge line. Liquid solution
flow deflects the paddle closing the switch. The flow switch is position sensitive.
The arrow ↑ on the switch must point in the direction of liquid solution flow.

Compressor Contactor: The compressor contactor energizes the compressor


through the two or three normally open contacts. The contactor coil operates
(closes the contacts) when energized by 24 vac.

Pump Relay / Contactor: The pump relay energizes the pump through a normally
open contact. The pump relay coil operates (closes the contact) when energized
by 24 vac.

64
Description of Electrical Controls (continued)

Liquid Solution Temperature Control: The liquid solution temperature control


is an adjustable microprocessor based temperature control. This control receives
temperature information from a thermistor located on the liquid solution supply
line. A liquid crystal display continually indicates liquid solution temperature. The
control is mounted inside the chiller cabinet.

Chiller Controls Sequence of Operation


When powered up the Multiaqua chiller system energizes the control transformer creating 24 vac control voltage.

First the pump bypass timer is energized and temporarily bypasses the flow switch, energizing the pump relay. The
pump then starts to move liquid solution through the piping system (in a properly filled and air purged system). The
movement of liquid solution from the pump discharge keeps the flow switch closed. After a 10 second delay the pump
contact opens, connecting the flow switch in series with the high and low pressure switches. The pump will now run
continually unless the power supply is interrupted, or the flow switch opens.

If the liquid solution temperature controller is calling for cooling the control circuit is routed through the short cycle
timer and the three safety switches (the flow, high and low pressure switches) to the compressor contactor. This will
energize the compressor(s) and condenser fan motors. The liquid solution controller will open at the user programmed
set point, causing the refrigerant short cycle timer to open it's contact for 5 minutes as it delays before resetting to the
closed position. This will de-energize the compressor. Power fluctuations will also initiate a 5 minute time delay. The
5 minute delay allows the refrigerant system a period for pressure equalization, protecting the compressor(s) from
short cycling.

The chiller temperature controller utilizes a thermistor to monitor the liquid solution temperature change. The
temperature is then compared to the set point and differential temperatures programmed into the control by the user.
The set point is the liquid solution temperature which will cause the control switch to open. For example: The control
set point is programmed at 44°F LWT with a 10°F differential, which opens the controller at 44°F LWT and closes at
54°F. The differential temperature is the number of degrees above set point temperature programmed into the
controller. If liquid solution temperature falls to the set point, the controller cycles the compressors off.

Chillers are shipped with the control set point adjusted to 44°F LWT and a 10°F differential. Liquid solution
temperature set point should not be set below 35°F.

65
SYSTEM FAULTS:
Flow Switch Opening: The flow switch is normally closed during pump operation. Should liquid solution flow be
interrupted for any reason the control will open shutting down and locking out the chiller operation. The only exception
to this is when power is first applied to the chiller and the pump bypass timer bypasses the flow switch for 10 seconds.

When the system is first filled with liquid solution and the pump is started, expect the system to cycle off on th
flow switch, until all of the air is removed from the piping system. The system will have to be reset by opening
and then closing the disconnect switch or circuit breaker powering the chiller.

Low Pressure Switch Opening: Should the compressor suction pressure go low enough (40 PSI) to open the low-
pressure switch, the compressor and condenser fan motors will shut down. Check for a refrigerant leak, inoperative
thermal expansion valve, low liquid solution control setting, low ambient operation, low liquid solution flow, etc.

High Pressure Switch Opening: Should the compressor discharge pressure go high enough to open the high- pressure
switch, the compressor and condenser fan motors will shut down. Check for a dirty condenser coil, inoperable fan motor(s)
or the recirculation of condenser air.

Refrigeration System Operation

The refrigeration system is a closed loop consisting of 1 compressor, single circuit heat exchanger (evaporator), metering
device (TXV) and condenser coil. The refrigerant circulated is R407c. Hot gas is pumped from the compressors to the
to the condenser coil where the two condenser fans pull cooler air across the coil condensing and sub cooling the refrigerant.
The now liquid refrigerant flows through the liquid line to the thermal expansion valves, where the refrigerant pressure
drops causing the refrigerant to boil at a much lower temperature (34-40°F). The refrigerant leaves the expansion valves and
swirls through the plates of the heat exchanger absorbing heat from the circulating liquid solution.

The evaporator or heat exchanger is designed to operate with an 8-10°F superheat. The condenser is designed to
condense the refrigerant and sub cool it to 10°F below condensing temperature.

Description Of Refrigerant Components

Scroll Compressor: All Multiaqua chillers feature Scroll compressors. Scroll


technology ensures reliable high performance at a low sound level over a wide range
of operating conditions.

Caution the top half of the scroll compressor operates at a temperature high
enough to cause serious injury.

66
Description Of Refrigerant Components (continued)

Brazed Plate Heat Exchanger: The "Heat Exchanger" or evaporator is of a


brazed copper and stainless steel design. Refrigerant and liquid solution is channeled
through narrow openings between plates and flows in opposite directions. The counter
flow design and fluid turbulence ensures maximum heat exchange at minimal pressure
drop.

Thermal Expansion Valve: Multiaqua chillers are equipped with Thermal Expansion
valves. The valves feature a liquid charged sensing bulb for consistent superheat at
various load conditions.

Condenser Coil: The air-cooled condenser coil is of copper tube with aluminum fin
construction. The coil is protected by a painted metal condenser grille.

67
Piping System Components
Supply Storage Tank: The supply storage tank must be used in the system with less
than 25 gallons of liquid solution. The tank prevents rapid cycling of the compressors
and acts as a reserve for chilled liquid solution.

Supply storage tank must be insulated in the field.

Part Number: WX202H (20 Gallon)


WX202H (42 Gallon)

Expansion Tank and Air Scoop: The Expansion Tank and Air Scoop assembly is
used to compensate for the expansion and contraction of liquid in the system. The
air scoop eliminates air entrance in the liquid solution.

Part Number: 1500/1"

Liquid Solution Bypass Valve: The liquid solution bypass valve relieves system
pressure from the liquid solution supply to the return as system air handler control
are cycled off.

Part Number: D146M1032- 3/4"


D146M1040- 1 1/4"

Motorized Valve: The air handler motorized valve controls the flow of liquid solution'
to the systems air handlers. Each air handler in the system should have a motorized
or solenoid valve.

Part Number: MZV524E-T 1/2" 2-Way Zone Valve


MZV525E-T 3/4" 2-Way Zone Valve
MZV526E-T 1" 2-Way Zone Valve
VT3212G13A020 1/2" 3-Way Zone Valve
VT3212G13A020 3/4" 3-Way Zone Valve

68
Composite Piping Layout and Design
Understanding the function and friction loss of each part of the piping system is important to the layout and successful
installation of a chilled liquid solution system.

1- 2-Way Liquid Solution Control Valves


2- Bypass Valve
3- Storage Tank
4- Expansion Tank
5- Coil
6- Chiller
7- Pump

The circulation pump is the key performer in the piping system. The pump must circulate the liquid solution through the
heat exchanger and piping system to the air handlers. Pumps are designed to deliver a flow rate measured in gallons
per minute(GPM). The pump must be able to overcome the resistance to flow (pressure drop) imposed by the chiller
components, piping system and air handlers while maintain the necessary flow rates in gallons per minute. Pump
capacities in gallons per minute and pressure drop (feet of head) are listed in table 1.

Banked Chiller Configuration

Notes:
Installing Multiaqua chillers in parallel is recommended.

69
An adjustable valve must be used to throttle the discharge liquid solution flow rate to appropriate levels based
on capacity and glycol mix percentages.

MAC036 MAC048 MAC060


Compressor Copeland Scroll Copeland Scroll Copeland Scroll
Refrigerant R407c R407c R407c
Heat Exchanger Brazed Plate Brazed late Brazed Plate
Max.Head Pressure 50 ft 50 ft 50 ft
Max Flow rate 8.6 gpm 11.5 gpm 14.4 gpm
Min Flow Rate 5.5 gpm 6.5 gpm 9.0 gpm
Supply Water Temp 44° 44° 44°
Return Water Temp 55° 55° 55°
Min Solution Content 25 Gallons 25 Gallons 25 gallons
Expansion Tank Size 2 Gallons 2 Gallons 2 Gallons
Pump 0.5 HP 0.5 HP 0.5 HP
Water Connections 1" Supply & 1.25 Return 1" Supply & 1.25" Return 1"Supply & 1.25" Return
Internal Pressure Loss 1.77 ft of hd 1.68 ft of head 1.68 ft of head

Piping resistance or pressure drop is measured in feet of head. A foot of head is the amount of pressure drop imposed
in lifting liquid solution one foot. Pumps in the Multiaqua system are designed to move rated liquid solution flow
in GPMs.

70
Installation Notes:
Piping such as PEX, steel, copper or PVC can be used with the Multiaqua system. Check local building codes for
material conformation. Care must be taken when using PVC as the presence of propylene glycol may destroy
plastics. Pressure drop data for the selected piping material is readily available and should be used. Should the
Multiaqua chiller be installed using existing steel (ferrous metal) piping system, dielectric fittings must be used
at the chiller and air handler. The factory supplied wye strainer will capture particles of rust and sediment
inherent with steel piping and should be checked and cleaned after initial start up and open a regular maintenance
during the life of the system.

Any piping used to conduct liquid solution must be insulated in accordance with local and national mechanical
codes. Information on insulation installation and application can be obtained from Armaflex web site at
www.armaflex.com and Owens-Corning site at www.owenscorning.com/mechanical/pipe/. For future servicing
of the chiller and air handlers, it is suggested that shutoff valves be installed at the chiller and air handler (s). If
ball valves are used, they can double as balancing valve (s) in the supply piping at each air handler. Chiller
shutoff valves should be attached at the chiller connections with unions.

The air handlers are to be controlled with electrically operated "slow-opening" solenoid valves, circulators or
motorized zone valves as manufactured by Erie controls (www.eriecontrols.com/products/index.htm) A remote
thermostat or air handler installed digital control operates the valves.

Bypass valves as shown in drawing 1, should be installed between the supply and the return chilled liquid
solution supply pipes at a convenient location to the installation. The bypass valve operates to bypass liquid solutio
between the supply and return chilled liquid solution lines. In the event air handlers valves should shut down, the
bypass valve is set to open up and bypass liquid solution between the supply and return lines, relieving pressure
and eliminating the possibility of pump cavitations. To adjust the valve, run the system with one air handler
solenoid actuated. De-energize the solenoid valve, (at this point no liquid solution will be flowing through the air
handlers.) and adjust the bypass valve to relieve pressure between the supply and return piping.

Bleed ports will be factory installed on all Multiaqua air handlers. Bleed ports are opened to eliminate air trapped
in the air handlers after filling the system with liquid solution and Propylene Glycol, and before operating the
refrigerant compressor in the chiller.

The minimum liquid solution content in the chiller system, (piping, chiller, and air handlers), is 25 U.S. gallons.
Estimate the system liquid solution content. Should the system have less than 50 gallons of liquid solution
content, a chilled liquid solution storage tank must be installed. The tank stores enough chilled liquid solution
to prevent frequent chiller compressor cycles at light load and prevents chilled liquid temperature swings at
higher load conditions when the chiller compressor is waiting to cycle on the time delay control.

Propylene Glycol must be added to the water used in the system. Propylene helps prevent freeze-ups due to
low ambient temperature conditions and low chilled liquid solution temperatures. In comparison to water,
Propylene Glycol slightly lessons the temperature exchange in the chiller heat exchanger. However, that is
offset by the increased flow of liquid solution through the piping system enabled by the Propylene Glycol. To
determine the Propylene Glycol content for various ambient temperatures refer to table 6 page 72.

In no instance should a Multiaqua chiller be installed with less than 10% Propylene Glycol content in the piping
system. Using less than the recommended Propylene Glycol percentage content voids equipment warranty.

71
Polypropylene Glycol System Content vs.
Minimum Ambient Temperature
To not engage in cold ambient mitigation will result in the failure of components, property damage and
void warranty.

Table 6

Propylene Water Min. Ambient GPM Adjustment


Capacity
Glycol % Flow Temperature = 100 % Capacity
10% x 1.020 x .99 26°F x 1.01
20% x 1.028 x .98 18°F x 1.03
30% x 1.036 x .98 8°F x 1.07
40% x 1.048 x .97 -7°F x 1.11
50% x 1.057 x .96 -29°F x 1.16

Ethylene Glycol is environmentally hazardous and not recommended. Inhibited Propylene Glycol ( typical
automotive coolant) is not to be used in a Multiaqua Chiller under any circumstances. Dow Chemical's "Ambitrol"
family of Glycol-based coolants of food grade Propylene Glycol is suggested. Information on Ambitrol is available
from Dow at www.dow.com, search word "Ambitrol".

Expansion Tanks:

Liquid solution expansion and contraction within the closed system must be compensated for with an expansion
tank. The expansion tank used with the Multiaqua system, is a steel tank with a rubber bladder attached to it
internally. There is air pressure on one side of the rubber bladder that keeps the bladder pushed against the
sides of the tank before the system is filled with liquid solution (illustration above). As the liquid solution heats
up the bladder, will be pushed further away from the tank walls, allowing for expansion and contracting as the
liquid solution temperature changes. By flexing, the bladder controls the system pressure adjusting to
temperature variations of the chilled liquid solution system.

It is critical that the expansion tank's air bladder pressure be less than the system solution pressure. Air
pressure can be measured with an automotive tire gauge at the bicycle valve port on the expansion tank. Bleeding
air out of the bladder or increasing the pressure with a bicycle pump will adjust pressure.

System must use a liquid solution storage tank if system volume is less than 50 U.S. gallons.

72
Filling System with Liquid Solution and Coolant
(Propylene Glycol)
Concentrations of Propylene Glycol in excess of 50% will destroy o-rings in fittings and pump. Water should
be added to the system first or a liquid solution diluted Propylene Glycol mix.

Before filling system with Propylene Glycol and water, pressure test the piping system with compressed air.
Testing should be done at a minimum of 50 psi but no greater than 50 psi over the system's normal operating
pressure. The system should hold air pressure for a minimum of one hour with no leakage.

System that contains 50 or more U.S. gallons should have a tee fitting with a stopcock installed in the return
line close to the chiller. The stopcock can be opened and attached to a hose with a female X female hose
fitting. In the open end of the hose section (1 -1.5 feet long) insert a funnel and pour into the system the
diluted Propylene Glycol/liquid solution mixture or add water first and then the quantity of Propylene Glycol
needed for minimum ambient protection (refer to Table 6). After adding the Propylene Glycol /water mixture, or
liquid solution and then coolant proceed to add enough water to the system to achieve a 15 psi gauge pressure.
To measure system pressure shut off the stopcock, remove hose and attach a water pressure gauge. Open
the stopcock to read system pressure.

Systems that use the Chilled Liquid Solution Storage Tank should be filled at the tee/stopcock fitting in the
outlet fitting of the storage tank. Fill the tanks with 10 gallons of water and with a funnel pour the calculated
(refer to Table 6) amount of Propylene Glycol into the tank. The amount of Propylene Glycol added should be
calculated to achieve minimum ambient protection. After adding Propylene Glycol, fill the system with enough
liquid solution to bring system pressure to approximately 15 psi gauge pressure. To measure system pressure
shut off the stopcock and attach a water pressure gauge. Open the stopcock to read system pressure.
Air Elimination

Since we have the system filled we must eliminate the air left in the system. Briefly open each bleed valve at
the air handlers and allow trapped air to escape. This will eliminate much of the air left in the system.
Next we will start the pump and continue bleeding air from the system. Be sure the chiller has line voltage
available to it and set the chilled liquid solution control up to 100°F, which will ensure that only the pump runs
at this point. The pump should now start and remain running. Should the pump stop at any time during this
process it is an indication that the flow switch had air move across it allowing the circuit to be interrupted.
Continue to bleed some air out of the system at the highest locations before resetting the pump bypass timer
to get the pump running again. Open and close the power supply switch to the chiller to restart the pump.
Continue bleeding air with the pump operating. You may have to start and re-start the pump a few times to
complete air removal.

All piping systems should have a minimum of 10% Propylene Glycol in the system even in climates with non-
freezing ambient temperatures.

Using less than the recommended Propylene Glycol percentage content voids equipment warranty.

Liquid solution control valves (solenoid or motorized valves) should be selected for low pressure drop. If a selected
valve contributes to pushing your total head calculation to more than 50 feet of head, a larger valve may be
needed to bring your total head below the maximum of 50 feet.
Liquid Solution Balancing:
Liquid solution balancing will require an accurate digital thermometer to measure return line liquid solution
temperature at each air handler. Set the chilled liquid solution temperature control in the chiller at a normal
operational temperature (44°F) and measure pump discharge temperature with the digital thermometer to check
system solution temperature. After the chilled liquid solution temperature has lowered to the set point begin the
balancing process. The system must be free of air and each air handler set at a temperature low enough to
continue cooling operation (and liquid solution flow) during the balancing process. Begin by measuring the return
line chilled liquid solution temperature of each air handler. Begin incrementally closing the supply line balance
valve at the air handlers with the lowest return line chilled liquid solution temperature. Continue this process
until each air handler has close to the same return line chilled liquid solution temperature.

73
MAC060-3 Ladder Wiring Diagram
380/460-3-50/60

74
MAC060-3 Wiring Diagram
380/460-3-50/60

75
MAC060-3-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram
380/460-3-50/60

76
MAC036, 048 & 060-2 Ladder Wiring Diagram
208/230-3-50/60

77
MAC036, 048 & 060-2 Wiring Diagram
208/230-3-50/60

78
MAC036, 048 & 060-2-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram

208/230-3-50/60

79
MAC036, 048 & 060-1 Ladder Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

80
MAC036, 048 & 060-1 Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

81
MAC036, 048 & 060-1-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

82
MAC036, 048 & 060 CERTIFIED DRAWING

83
MHCCW Chilled Water Ceiling Concealed
With or Without Electric Heat
2-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 12,000 - 36,000 BTUH

84
MHCCW NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
2-Pipe Heat/Cool Ceiling Concealed Fan Coil with Electric Heat

MHCCW XX - XX - XX
Voltage "See Notes"
00= 208/230-1-50/60
03= 120-1-60
2-Pipe Heat/Cool
w/ Electric Heat Electric Heat
00= 0 KW
02 =2KW "See Note 2 & 3"
03= 3 KW
05= 5 KW
06= 6 KW
Nominal CFM 08= 8 KW
04 = 1 TON
06 = 1.5 TON
08 = 2 TON
10 = 2.5 TON
12 = 3 TON

Notes:
1. The standard unit is 208/230-1-50/60 vac. Add suffix 03 for 120-1-50/60 vac units.
2. 120 vac units are available without electric heat or 2kw of electric heat.
3. 2 KW electric heat is only available with 120 vac.

Available Model Numbers


MHCCW04-00-03 MHCCW06-00-03 MHCCW08-00-03 MHCCW10-00-03 MHCCW12-00-03
MHCCW04-02-03 MHCCW06-02-03 MHCCW08-02-03 MHCCW10-02-03 MHCCW12-02-03
MHCCW04-00 MHCCW06-00 MHCCW08-00 MHCCW10-00 MHCCW12-00
MHCCW04-03 MHCCW06-03 MHCCW08-03 MHCCW10-03 MHCCW12-03
MHCCW04-05 MHCCW06-05 MHCCW08-05 MHCCW10-05 MHCCW12-05
MHCCW04-06 MHCCW06-06 MHCCW08-06 MHCCW10-06 MHCCW12-06
MHCCW04-08 MHCCW06-08 MHCCW08-08 MHCCW10-08 MHCCW12-08

85
HVAC Guide Specifications
Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat
2-Pipe

Nominal Size:
12,000 – 36,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


MHCCW04
MHCCW06
MHCCW08
MHCCW10
MHCCW12

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested chilled or hot water fan coil with electric heat.
2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Internal overload protected.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced.

E. Water Coil:
1. Manufactured with 3/8” copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins.
2. Contain both a manual water drain and air bleed port.
3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection.
F. Drain Pan:
1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to
resist corrosion.
2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation.
3. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a right hand
sloped secondary drain connection.
86
G. Electric Heat:
1. Electric Heaters shall be of the rod and disk type.
2. Shall be protected by safeties.

Part 3-Controls and Safeties


3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or
Fan speed control.
C. Controls shall include the following components.
1. 24vac transformer.
2. Fan relays.
3. Electric heat sequencer (s).
4. Optional Thermostats.

3.02 Safeties
A. Fan coil shall be equipped with all necessary components in conjunction with the
control system to provide the following protectants.
1. High temperature.
2. Over current protection.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.
D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block.

Part 5- Accessories:
5.01 Enclosures
A. Fan coils shall be capable of incorporating enclosures.
1. Enclosures shall be internally insulated to insure quite operation and increase efficiency.
2. Shall include knockouts for ease of piping and electrical in and out of the enclosures.
3. Shall include an optional return air cutout in the enclosure.
4. Shall include a supply air duct flange.
5. Shall incorporate baked polyester powder service access panels with and without a filtered louver.

87
MHCCW Product Specifications
Physical Data
Coil Copper Water
Model Height Width Depth Weight Water Drain
Rows Diameter Outlet
Number (in) (in) (in) (lbs) Inlet (in) (in)
FPI (in) (in)
MHCCW04 10.25 37.72 21.65 66.0 2-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4
MHCCW06 10.25 37.72 21.65 68.2 3-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4
MHCCW08 10.25 37.72 21.65 72.6 4-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4
MHCCW10 10.25 43.70 21.65 74.8 4-14 3/8 7/8 7/8 3/4
MHCCW12 10.25 49.68 21.65 83.6 4-14 3/8 7/8 7/8 3/4

Electrical Data

Volts Electric Fuse or HACR Circuit


Nominal Full Load
Model Number Phase Heat Motor HP Breaker Per Circuit
CFM Ampacity
Hertz (KW)
Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps
MHCCW04-00 0 0.82 1.03 3
MHCCW04-03 3 13.86 19.31 20
MHCCW04-05 400 5 1/8 22.56 31.6 35
MHCCW04-06 6 26.9 37.6 40
MHCCW04-08 8 35.6 48.3 50
MHCCW06-00 0 1.18 1.48 3
MHCCW06-03 3 14.22 19.76 20
MHCCW06-05 600 5 1/8 22.92 32.05 35
MHCCW06-06 6 27.27 38.05 40
MHCCW06-08 8 35.96 48.75 50
208/230-1-50/60

MHCCW08-00 0 1.43 1.8 4


MHCCW08-03 3 14.47 20.08 20
MHCCW08-05 800 5 1/4 23.17 32.36 35
MHCCW08-06 6 27.52 38.36 40
MHCCW08-08 8 36.21 49.06 50
MHCCW10-00 0 1.43 1.8 4
MHCCW10-03 3 14.47 20.08 20
MHCCW10-05 1000 5 1/4 23.17 32.36 35
MHCCW10-06 6 27.52 38.36 40
MHCCW10-08 8 36.21 49.06 50
MHCCW12-00 0 1.81 2.26 5
MHCCW12-03 3 14.85 20.55 20
MHCCW12-05 1200 5 1/4 23.55 32.84 35
MHCCW12-06 6 27.9 38.84 40
MHCCW12-08 8 36.6 49.54 50

Volts Electric Fuse or HACR Circuit


Nominal Motor Full Load
Model Number Phase Heat Breaker Per Circuit
CFM HP Ampacity
Hertz (KW) Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps
MHCCW04-00-03 400 0 1/30 0.55 .69 1.25
120-1-60

MHCCW06-00-03 600 0 1/30 0.55 .69 1.25


MHCCW08-00-03 800 0 1/30 0.55 .69 1.25
MHCCW10-00-03 1000 0 1/8 1.80 2.25 5
MHCCW12-00-03 1200 0 1/4 3.00 3.75 10

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

88
MHCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHCCW04 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM
CFM (°F) DROP (ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 11.8 9.0
1.5 4.4 SC 8.9 7.8
WTR 15.7 12.0
TC 13.4 10.2
2.0 7.2 SC 9.5 8.3
WTR 13.4 10.2
400 42
TC 14.3 11.0
2.5 10.7 SC 9.8 8.6
WTR 11.5 8.8
TC 15.1 11.5
3.0 14.7 SC 10.1 8.8
WTR 10.1 7.7

MHCCW04 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM
CFM (°F) DROP (ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 10.5 8.3
1.5 4.4 SC 8.5 7.5
WTR 14.4 11.0
TC 12.3 9.4
2.0 7.2 SC 9.1 8.0
WTR 12.3 9.4
400 45
TC 13.2 10.0
2.5 10.7 SC 9.4 8.2
WTR 10.5 8.0
TC 13.8 10.6
3.0 14.7 SC 9.6 8.4
WTR 9.2 7.0

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

89
MHCCW Chilled Water Performance Data
MHCCW06 COOLING CAPACITIES
NOMINAL EWT PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM
CFM (°F) DROP (ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 18.5 14.1
3.0 3.8 SC 13.4 11.7
WTR 12.3 9.4
TC 20.4 15.6
4.0 6.5 SC 14.1 12.3
WTR 10.2 7.8
600 42
TC 21.6 16.5
5.0 9.8 SC 14.5 12.6
WTR 8.6 6.6
TC 22.4 17.1
6.0 13.8 SC 14.8 12.9
WTR 7.5 5.7

MHCCW06 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM
CFM (°F) DROP (ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 17 13.0
3.0 3.8 SC 12.8 11.2
WTR 11.3 8.6
TC 18.7 14.3
4.0 6.5 SC 13.4 11.8
WTR 9.4 7.2
600 45
TC 19.8 15.1
5.0 9.8 SC 13.8 12.1
WTR 7.9 6.0
TC 20.6 15.7
6.0 13.8 SC 14.1 12.3
WTR 6.9 5.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

90
MHCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHCCW08 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM
CFM (°F) DROP (ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 22.7 17.3
3.0 3.9 SC 17.5 15.4
WTR 15.1 11.5
TC 25.9 19.7
4.0 6.5 SC 18.6 16.3
WTR 12.9 9.9
800 42
TC 28 21.4
5.0 9.6 SC 19.5 17.0
WTR 11.2 8.6
TC 29.4 22.5
6.0 13.3 SC 20.0 17.4
WTR 9.8 7.5

MHCCW08 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM
CFM (°F) DROP (ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 20.8 15.9
3.0 3.9 SC 16.6 14.7
WTR 13.9 10.6
TC 23.4 17.9
4.0 6.5 SC 17.6 15.5
WTR 11.7 8.9
800 45
TC 25.1 19.2
5.0 9.6 SC 18.2 16.0
WTR 10.0 7.7
TC 26.4 20.1
6.0 13.3 SC 18.7 16.3
WTR 8.8 6.7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

91
MHCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHCCW10 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM
CFM (°F) DROP (ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 28.8 22.0
4.0 4.9 SC 21.9 19.3
WTR 14.4 11.0
TC 31.8 24.3
5.0 7.4 SC 23 20.1
WTR 12.7 9.7
1000 42
TC 33.9 25.9
6 10.5 SC 23.8 20.8
WTR 11.3 8.6
TC 35.5 27.1
7.0 14.1 SC 24.4 21.3
WTR 10.2 7.8

MHCCW10 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM
CFM (°F) DROP (ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 26.4 20.2
4.0 4.9 SC 21.0 18.6
WTR 13.2 10.1
TC 29.2 22.3
5.0 7.4 SC 22.0 19.4
WTR 11.7 8.9
1000 45
TC 31.1 23.8
6 10.5 SC 22.8 19.9
WTR 10.4 7.9
TC 32.6 24.9
7.0 14.1 SC 23.3 20.4
WTR 9.3 7.1

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

92
MHCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHCCW12 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM
CFM (°F) DROP (ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 32.3 24.7
4.0 5.6 SC 25.4 22.4
WTR 16.2 12.4
TC 36.1 27.6
5.0 8.5 SC 26.8 23.5
WTR 14.4 11.0
1200 42
TC 38.9 29.7
6 12.0 SC 27.8 24.3
WTR 13 9.9
TC 40.9 31.2
7.0 16.1 SC 28.6 24.9
WTR 11.7 8.9

MHCCW12 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM
CFM (°F) DROP (ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 29.7 24.6
4.0 5.6 SC 24.4 20.6
WTR 14.8 12.3
TC 33.1 25.3
5.0 8.5 SC 25.7 22.6
WTR 13.3 10.1
1200 45
TC 35.7 27.2
6 12.0 SC 26.6 23.4
WTR 11.9 9.1
TC 37.5 28.7
7.0 16.1 SC 27.3 23.9
WTR 10.7 8.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

93
MHCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MHCCW-04-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.5 3.6 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 36.3 38.9
2.0 6.0 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 37.9 40.7
50 400
2.5 9.0 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 39.0 41.7
3.0 12.6 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9 39.7 42.5

MHCCW-04-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.5 3.6 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 36.3
2.0 6.0 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 37.9
60 400
2.5 9.0 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 39.0
3.0 12.6 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9 39.7

MHCCW-04-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.5 3.6 7.8 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7
2.0 6.0 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2
70 400
2.5 9.0 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2
3.0 12.6 8.5 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9

MHCCW-04-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.5 3.6 5.2 7.8 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1
2.0 6.0 5.4 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5
80 400
2.5 9.0 5.6 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4
3.0 12.6 5.7 8.5 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0

These specifications are subject to change without notice.


94
MHCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MHCCW-06-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 63.3 67.9
4.0 6.5 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4 66.1 70.9
50 600
5.0 9.8 24.2 29.1 33.9 39.8 43.6 48.5 53.3 58.1 63.0 67.8 72.7
6.0 13.8 24.7 29.6 34.5 39.5 44.4 49.3 54.3 59.2 64.1 69.0 74.0

MHCCW-06-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 18.1 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 63.3
4.0 6.5 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4 66.1
60 600
5.0 9.8 19.4 24.2 29.1 33.9 38.8 43.6 48.5 53.3 58.1 63.0 67.8
6.0 13.8 19.7 24.7 29.6 34.5 39.5 44.4 49.3 54.3 59.2 64.1 69.0

MHCCW-06-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 13.6 18.1 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8
4.0 6.5 14.2 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4
70 600
5.0 9.8 14.5 19.4 24.2 29.1 33.9 38.8 43.6 48.5 53.3 58.1 63.0
6.0 13.8 14.8 19.7 24.7 29.6 34.5 39.5 44.4 49.3 54.3 59.2 64.1

MHCCW-06-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 9.0 13.6 18.1 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3
4.0 6.5 9.4 14.2 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7
80 600
5.0 9.8 9.7 14.5 19.4 24.2 29.1 33.9 38.8 43.6 48.5 53.3 59.2
6.0 13.8 9.9 14.8 19.7 24.7 29.6 34.5 39.5 44.4 49.3 54.3 59.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

95
MHCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MHCCW-08-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 25.2 30.2 35.3 40.3 45.3 50.4 55.4 60.4 65.5 70.5 75.6
4.0 6.5 26.4 31.6 36.9 42.2 47.4 52.7 58.0 63.2 68.5 73.8 79.1
50 800
5.0 9.8 27.1 32.5 37.9 43.4 48.8 54.2 59.6 65.0 70.4 75.9 81.3
6.0 13.8 27.6 33.1 38.7 44.2 49.7 55.2 60.8 66.3 71.8 77.3 82.9

MHCCW-08-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 20.1 25.2 30.2 35.3 40.3 45.3 50.4 55.4 60.4 65.5 70.5
4.0 6.5 21.1 26.4 31.6 36.9 42.2 47.4 52.7 58.0 63.2 68.5 73.8
60 800
5.0 9.8 21.7 27.1 32.5 37.9 43.4 48.8 54.2 59.6 65.0 70.4 75.9
6.0 13.8 22.1 27.6 33.1 38.7 44.2 49.7 55.2 60.8 66.3 71.8 77.3

MHCCW-08-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 15.1 20.1 25.2 30.2 35.3 40.3 45.3 50.4 55.4 60.4 65.5
4.0 6.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.6 36.9 42.2 47.4 52.7 58.0 63.2 68.5
70 800
5.0 9.8 16.3 21.7 27.1 32.5 37.9 43.4 48.8 54.2 59.6 65.0 70.4
6.0 13.8 16.6 22.1 27.6 33.1 38.7 44.2 49.7 55.2 60.8 66.3 71.8

MHCCW-08-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 10.1 15.1 20.1 25.2 30.2 35.3 40.3 45.3 50.4 55.4 60.4
4.0 6.5 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.6 36.9 42.2 47.4 52.7 58.0 63.2
80 800
5.0 9.8 10.8 16.3 21.7 27.1 32.5 37.9 43.4 48.8 54.2 59.6 65.0
6.0 13.8 11.0 16.6 22.1 27.6 33.1 38.7 44.2 49.7 55.2 60.8 66.3

These specifications are subject to change without notice.


96
MHCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MHCCW-10-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 4.9 32.1 38.5 44.9 51.3 57.7 64.2 70.6 77.0 83.4 89.8 96.2
5.0 7.4 33.5 40.2 46.9 53.6 60.3 67.0 73.7 80.3 87.1 93.8 100.5
50 1000
6.0 10.5 34.5 41.4 48.3 55.2 62.1 69.0 75.8 82.7 89.6 96.6 103.4
7.0 14.1 35.2 42.2 49.2 56.3 63.3 70.3 77.4 84.4 91.4 98.4 105.5

MHCCW-10-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 4.9 25.7 32.1 38.5 44.9 51.3 57.7 64.2 70.6 77.0 83.4 89.8
5.0 7.4 26.8 33.5 40.2 46.9 53.6 60.3 67.0 73.7 80.3 87.1 93.8
60 1000
6.0 10.5 27.6 34.5 41.4 48.3 55.2 62.1 69.0 75.8 82.7 89.6 96.6
7.0 14.1 28.1 35.2 42.2 49.2 56.3 63.3 70.3 77.4 84.4 91.4 98.4

MHCCW-10-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 4.9 19.3 25.7 32.1 38.5 44.9 51.3 57.7 64.2 70.6 77.0 83.4
5.0 7.4 20.1 26.8 33.5 40.2 46.9 53.6 60.3 67.0 73.7 80.3 87.1
70 1000
6.0 10.5 20.7 27.6 34.5 41.4 48.3 55.2 62.1 69.0 75.8 82.7 89.6
7.0 14.1 21.1 28.1 35.2 42.2 49.2 56.3 63.3 70.3 77.4 84.4 91.4

MHCCW-10-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 4.9 12.9 19.3 25.7 32.1 38.5 44.9 51.3 57.7 64.2 70.6 77.0
5.0 7.4 13.4 20.1 26.8 33.5 40.2 46.9 53.6 60.3 67.0 73.7 80.3
80 1000
6.0 10.5 13.8 20.7 27.6 34.5 41.4 48.3 55.2 62.1 69.0 75.8 82.6
7.0 14.1 14.1 21.1 28.1 35.2 42.2 49.2 56.3 63.3 70.3 77.4 84.4

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

97
97
MHCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MHCCW-12-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 4.9 38.9 46.7 54.5 62.3 70.1 77.9 85.7 93.5 101.2 109.0 116.8
5.0 7.4 40.6 48.7 56.8 65.0 73.1 81.2 89.3 97.4 105.6 113.7 121.8
50 1200
6.0 10.5 41.8 50.2 58.6 66.9 75.3 83.7 92.0 100.4 108.8 117.2 125.5
7.0 14.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 102.4 111.0 119.5 128.0

MHCCW-12-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 4.9 31.2 38.9 46.7 54.5 62.3 70.1 77.9 85.7 93.5 101.2 109.0
5.0 7.4 32.5 40.6 48.7 56.8 65.0 73.1 81.2 89.3 97.4 105.6 113.7
60 1200
6.0 10.5 33.5 41.8 50.2 58.6 66.9 75.3 83.7 92.0 100.4 108.8 117.2
7.0 14.1 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 102.4 111.0 119.5

MHCCW-12-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 4.9 23.4 31.2 38.9 46.7 54.5 62.3 70.1 77.9 85.7 93.5 101.2
5.0 7.4 24.4 32.5 40.6 48.7 56.8 65.0 73.1 81.2 89.3 97.4 105.6
70 1200
6.0 10.5 25.1 33.5 41.8 50.2 58.6 66.9 75.3 83.7 92.0 100.4 108.8
7.0 14.1 25.6 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 102.4 111.0

MHCCW-12-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 4.9 15.6 23.4 31.2 38.9 46.7 54.5 62.3 70.1 77.9 85.7 93.5
5.0 7.4 16.2 24.4 32.5 40.6 48.7 56.8 65.0 73.1 81.2 89.3 97.4
80 1200
6.0 10.5 16.7 25.1 33.5 41.8 50.2 58.6 66.9 75.3 83.7 92.0 100.2
7.0 14.1 17.1 25.6 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 102.4

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

98
MHCCW Electric Heat Performance Data

Model Nominal Electric


Number CFM Heat BTUH
MHCCW04-00 400 0
MHCCW04-03 400 10,200
MHCCW04-05 400 17,000
MHCCW04-06 400 20,500
MHCCW04-08 400 27,300
MHCCW06-00 600 0
MHCCW06-03 600 10,200
MHCCW06-05 600 17,000
MHCCW06-06 600 20,500
MHCCW06-08 600 27,300
MHCCW08-00 800 0
MHCCW08-03 800 10,200
MHCCW08-05 800 17,000
MHCCW08-06 800 20,500
MHCCW08-08 800 27,300
MHCCW10-00 1000 0
MHCCW10-03 1000 10,200
MHCCW10-05 1000 17,000
MHCCW10-06 1000 20,500
MHCCW10-08 1000 27,300
MHCCW12-00 1200 0
MHCCW12-03 1200 10,200
MHCCW12-05 1200 17,000
MHCCW12-06 1200 20,500
MHCCW12-08 1200 27,300

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

99
MHCCW CFM and Glycol Adjustments

CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table


External Static Pressure
Model Number
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
MHCCW04 485 455 415 370 325 0 0
MHCCW06 775 745 715 680 640 595 545
MHCCW08 915 890 850 815 775 730 685
MHCCW10 1145 1110 1075 1035 995 955 905
MHCCW12 1480 1445 1405 1365 1325 1280 1235

Example:
MHCCW04 @ 0.20 ESP produces 325 cfm.
Locate 325 cfm (for the MHCCW04) on the Capacity Adjustment Factors on page 101. (TC =.79 & SC = .75)
Multiply the stated chilled water capacity for the MHCCW04 on page 89 or the hot water capacity on page 94 by the adjustment factors to achieve
the capacity adjustment.

Propylene Glycol/ GPM Adjustment Factors


Propylene Capacity GPM Adjustment =
Ambient
Glycol % Reduction 100% Capacity
Temp
26° F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01
20° F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03
8° F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07
-5° F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11
-28° F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16

Example:
30% Propylene Glycol Solution.
System capacity x 0.98
GPM x 1.07

These specifications are subject to change without notice

100
MHCCW Capacity Adjustment Factors

CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS


MODEL # MHCCW04 MHCCW06 MHCCW08 MHCCW10 MHCCW12
CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC
325 0.79 0.75
350 0.82 0.78
375 0.85 0.82
400 0.88 0.86
425 0.90 0.89
450 0.94 0.93
485 1.00 1.00
525
545 0.90 0.89
600 0.92 0.91
650 0.94 0.93
685 0.95 0.94 0.80 0.77
700 0.96 0.95 0.82 0.79
750 0.98 0.97 0.84 0.81
775 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.83
800 0.88 0.85
850 0.91 0.89
915 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.84
950 0.88 0.86
1000 0.90 0.88
1025 0.93 0.91
1050 0.96 0.95
1100 0.97 0.97
1125 0.99 0.99
1145 1.00 1.00
1200
1235 0.89 0.88
1250 0.91 0.90
1300 0.92 0.91
1325 0.94 0.93
1350 0.95 0.94
1375 0.96 0.95
1400 0.97 0.97
1425 0.98 0.98
1450 0.99 0.99
1480 1.00 1.00

These specifications are subject to change without notice

101
102
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL horizontal configuration only and into an


Read the entire contents of this manual enclosure assembly. The enclosure assembly
before beginning installation. Multiaqua can be ordered separately or field fabricated
assumes no responsibility for equipment by the installing contractor. See figure 2 for
installed contradictory to any code enclosure part numbers, dimensions and
requirement or installation instructions. weights. See document number 030710001
The components of this fan coil have for enclosure assembly and installation
been inspected at the factory and readied instructions. See figure 3 for fan coil only
for shipment. Upon receiving the dimensions.
shipment a visual inspection of the The coil hand of connection is field
packaging must be performed. reversible. See figures 4-6 for converting the
coil hand of connection.
If any damage to the packaging is
discovered, an inspection of the
components must be performed and
noted on the delivery documents. If
component damage is found a damage FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
claim must be filed by the receiving party MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS)
against the delivery party immediately. MHCCW04 66.0
This product is designed and MHCCW06 68.2
manufactured to permit installation in MHCCW08 72.6
accordance with national codes. It is the MHCCW10 74.8
installer’s responsibility to install the
MHCCW12 83.6
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
Figure 1
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the ENCLOSURE FAN COIL ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS (in)
structural integrity of the supporting PART NUMBER SIZE Depth Length Height Weight
members, clearances and provisions for
MPE468 4 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
servicing, power supply, coil connections
and/or condensate removal. Before the MPE468 6 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
installation ensure the structural strength MPE468 8 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
of the supporting members is sufficient. MPE10 10 32.75 45.75 11.00 30
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the MPE12 12 32.75 51.75 11.00 34
fan coils.
This unit is designed to be installed in a Figure 2

103
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
MHCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

FAN COIL DIMENSIONS

Fan Coil A B C D E F
Model Number
MHCCW04-XX 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.23 5.51 21.65
MHCCW06-XX 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.23 5.51 21.65
MHCCW08-XX 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.23 5.51 21.65
MHCCW10-XX 43.70 40.55 37.40 10.23 5.51 21.65
MHCCW12-XX 49.68 46.53 43.38 10.23 5.51 21.65

.5”

Air Vent
Water Return
E
D Water Supply

.75” (MPT)
Condensate
Coil Drain
Drain Connection
1” (Both Ends)

F
B A

Mounting Notches

Drain Pan

Figure 3

104
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
CONVERTING COIL
HAND OF CONNECTION Figure 4
& ELECTRIC HEATER
ACCESS.

1. Remove the eleven screws that


attach the top to the fan coil
assembly and remove the top.
This will allow you to access the
electric heaters.
Figure 4

2. Remove the eight screws that


hold the coil into the fan coil
frame assembly. Four screws per
side.
Figure 5
Figure 5
3 Slide the coil out of the fan
coil frame assembly toward the
coil supply and return line
connections. Ensure that care is
taken when removing and
inserting the coil not to damage
the coil fins. Insert the coil into
the fan coil frame assembly from
the other end and reverse
procedures 4 & 5 to reassemble
the fan coil.
Figure 6

Figure 6

105
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL
UNIT INTO ENCLOSURE
ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the ten screws that


attach the electrical assembly to
the fan coil unit. Do not separate
the electrical assembly from the
blower assembly. These two Figure 7
assemblies will be removed in the
next step.
Figure 7

2. Remove the five screws


attaching the blower assembly to
the coil assembly. Separate the
electrical and blower assemblies
from the coil assembly.
Figure 8

3. Insert the coil assembly into


the enclosure assembly starting
with the discharge air opening of Figure 8
the coil first. Ensure that the
discharge of the coil is inserted
into the discharge of the
enclosure completely. Failure to
completely insert the coil
discharge will result in
recirculation of the discharge air.
Figure 9

Figure 9

106
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

4. Align the fan coil mounting


bolts up with the four mounting
notches provided in the coil
assembly top. Secure the coil
assembly to the enclosure with
two mounting bolts per side.
Ensure that the coil assembly is
level in both directions to allow
proper drainage and operation.
Figure 10

5. Reinstall the blower assembly Figure 10


onto the coil assembly using the
five screws previously removed
in step 2 figure 8.
Figure 11

6. Reinstall the electrical


assembly onto the coil assembly
using the ten screws previously
removed in step 1 figure 7.
Figure 12

ELECTRICAL, COIL,
DRAIN AND RETURN /
SUPPLY AIR LOCATIONS Figure 11

7. There are multiple entry points


on the factory supplied enclosure
assembly for water lines,
condensate lines, refrigerant lines
and electrical connections. If a
non-louvered service access panel
is used or if an alternate return air
location is required an optional
return air cutout is provided.
Figure 13

Figure 12

107
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

ELECTRICAL &
CONDENSATE DRAIN
8. There are four termination
points for the electrical wiring.
There are two on each side of the
electrical box. See pages 113,114
&115 for electrical drawings.
Wiring must be installed according
Optional Return
to prevailing codes and regulations. Entry Points Air Cutout
The fan coil unit has one Typical Both Ends
condensate drain connection on
either side of the drain pan for Figure 13
either left or right hand drain
connection. The opposite drain
connection not being used must be Left and Right Hand Drain Connections
capped off by the installing
contractor. The middle drain
connection is the safety condensate Figure 14
Electrical Terminations Points
drain connection. Ensure that all
condensate drain lines have at least
one quarter of an inch of fall per
foot for proper drainage.
Figure 14
Safety Drain Connection

WATER COIL
CONNECTIONS
9. The fan coil unit comes with a Figure 14
manual air bleed and a manual coil
drain fitting. They are located on Manual Air Bleed
the same side as the supply and Water Return Connection
return water line connections. The
water supply line is connected to
the coil connection furthest away
from the fans. The water return line
is connected to the coil connection
closest to the fans. Ensure that both
the supply and return water lines
are insulated to prevent them from Water Supply Connection
Manual Coil Drain
sweating.
Figure 15
Figure 15

108
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS

10. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor
must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is
required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame
adheres to national codes and / or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing
the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel.
Figure 16 & 17

11. Filters are not supplied with the fan coil unit or the service access panel. The filter(s) must be
supplied by the installing contractor. If a louvered service access panel is used the filter will mount
on the under side of the hinged access panel. If the optional return air cutout is used it is
recommended that a return air filter grille be used that has the same surface area as the
recommended filter sizes.
Figure 18

Fan Coil Mounting Bolts


Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure

Optional Return Air Cutout


Supply Duct Flange

Frame Enclosure
Supplied By Ceiling
Installing Contractor

Hinged Service Access Panel Return Air Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP)
Louvered Panel Shown. An
Optional Non-louvered Service
Access Panel Is Available. Figure 16

109
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

SERVICE ACCESS PANEL DIMENSIONS


Louvered & Non-Louvered
Fan A B C
Panel Model Number Coil
Size (in) (in) (in)
MAP468L(NL) 4 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP468L(NL) 6 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP468L(NL) 8 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 1.5
MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 1.5

C
(typ) Figure 17

FAN COIL RECOMMENDED FILTER


MODEL SIZES
NUMBER Width (in) Length (in)
MHCCW04 18 36
MHCCW06 18 36
MHCCW08 18 36
MHCCW10 18 36
MHCCW12 2 qty 18 24
Figure 18

110
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

12. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork.
Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange that the screws are at least one and half inches away from
the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure
assembly when duct work will be installed before the fan coil is installed.
Figure 19

SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLANGE


Fan A B
Enclosure Model Number Coil
Size (in) (in)
MAP468L(NL) 4 6 31.75
MAP468L(NL) 6 6 31.75
MAP468L(NL) 8 6 31.75
MAP10L (NL) 10 6 37.75
MAP12L (NL) 12 6 43.75

B
Figure 19

111
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

MAITENANCE and/or replacements in the event the


unit fails to operate or is being
1. Air Filter(s): serviced. If fuses are used, ensure
Filters are an essential part of the that the replacement fuses are of the
quality of air that is provided to the same size and type as the ones you
occupants. Never operate HVAC are replacing. It is a good idea to
equipment without filters. Filters keep replacement fuses of the
help remove dust and unwanted appropriate size and type on hand.
particles from the air stream,
helping to keep the space clean. 3. Routine Check Up and Service:
They also keep this debris from This product is designed to
collecting on the heat transfer provide many years of dependable,
surfaces of the unit thus trouble free comfort when properly
maintaining optimum equipment maintained. Proper maintenance
efficiency and performance. These will consist of routine filter
filters will be located either in the cleanings/changes, bi-annual check
unit or upstream from the unit in ups that include but not limited to
the return air ductwork. Filters must filter inspections, electric heater
be inspected, cleaned and/or inspections /cleaning of the internal
changed routinely. This routine electrical and heat transfer
maintenance procedure will allow components by a qualified service
the unit to continually operate as technician. Failure to provide
designed, reduce service expenses periodic check ups and cleaning can
and extend equipment/component result in excessive operating cost
life. and/or equipment failure.

2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers:


This unit must be connected to
the buildings electric service in
accordance with local/national
electrical codes and regulations.
These electrical connections will
include over current protection in
the form of fuses or circuit
breakers. Have your contractor
identify/label the circuits and the
location of them so that you may be
in a position to make inspections

112
MHCCW Without Electric Heat Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

113
MHCCW With Electric Heat Wiring Diagram
208/230/-1-50/60

114
MHCCW Without Electric Heat Wiring Diagram
120-1-50/60

115
MHCCW CERTIFIED DRAWING

116
MHNCCW Chilled/Hot Water
Ceiling Concealed
4-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 12,000 - 36,000 BTUH

117
MHNCCW NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
4-Pipe Heat/Cool Ceiling Concealed Fan Coil

MHNCCW- XX - XX

4-Pipe Heat/Cool Voltage


01= 208/230-1-50/60
03= 120-1-50/60

Nominal Tons
04 = 1 Ton
06 = 1.5 Ton
08 = 2 Ton
10 = 2.5 Ton
12 = 3 Ton

Available Model Numbers

MHNCCW-04-01 MHNCCW-04-03
MHNCCW-06-01 MHNCCW-06-03
MHNCCW-08-01 MHNCCW-08-03
MHNCCW-10-01 MHNCCW-10-03
MHNCCW-12-01 MHNCCW-12-03

118
HVAC Guide Specifications
Chilled and Hot Water Fan Coil
4-Pipe

Nominal Size:
12,000 – 36,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


MHNCCW04
MHNCCW06
MHNCCW08
MHNCCW10
MHNCCW12

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested chilled and hot water fan coil.
2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Shall be available in 115-1-50/60 and 208/230-1-50/60 vac.
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Internal overload protected.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced.
E. Water Coil:
1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8” copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum
fins.
2. Contain both a manual water drain and manual air bleed port per coil.
3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection.
F. Drain Pan:
1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to
resist corrosion.
2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation.
3. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a sloped right
hand secondary drain connection.
119
Part 3-Controls and Safeties
3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or
fan speed control.
C. Controls shall include the following components.
1. 24vac transformer.
2. Fan relays.
3. Optional thermostats.

3.02 Safeties:
A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.
D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block.

Part 5- Accessories:
5.01 Enclosures
A. Fan coils shall be capable of incorporating enclosures.
1. Enclosures shall be internally insulated to insure quite operation and increase efficiency.
2. Shall include knockouts for ease of piping/electrical in and out of the enclosures.
3. Shall include an optional return air cutout in the enclosure.
4. Shall include a supply air duct flange.
5. Shall incorporate baked polyester powder service access panels with and without a filter louver.

120
MHNCCW Product Specifications

Physical Data
Cooling Heating Copper Water Water
Height Length Depth Weight Drain
Model Number Rows Rows Diameter Inlet Outlet
(in) (in) (in) (lbs) (in)
FPI FPI (in) (in) (in)
MHNCCW04-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 66.0 2-14 2-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4
MHNCCW06-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 68.2 3-14 2-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4
MHNCCW08-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 72.6 4-14 2-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4
MHNCCW10-01(03) 10 43.70 21.65 74.8 4-14 2-14 3/8 7/8 7/8 3/4
MHNCCW12-01(03) 10 49.68 21.65 83.6 4-14 2-14 3/8 7/8 7/8 3/4

Electrical Data
Fuse or HACR
Nominal Volts/ Phase/ Motor Full Load Circuit Breaker
Model Number Per Circuit
CFM Hertz HP Ampacity
Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps
MHNCCW04-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/8 0.82 1.03 2
400
MHNCCW04-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55 .69 2
MHNCCW06-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/8 1.18 1.48 3
600
MHNCCW06-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55 .69 2
MHNCCW08-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.43 1.79 3
800
MHNCCW08-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55 .69 2
MHNCCW10-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.63 2.04 4
1000
MHNCCW10-03 120-1-60 1/8 1.80 2.25 2
MHNCCW12-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.81 2.26 5
1200
MHNCCW12-03 120-1-60 1/4 3.00 3.75 7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

121
MHNCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHNCCW04 COOLING CAPACITIES


All capacities are based on nominal CFM
NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM (°F) DROP(ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 11.8 9.0
1.5 4.4 SC 8.9 7.8
WTR 15.7 12.0
TC 13.4 10.2
2.0 7.2 SC 9.5 8.3
400 42 WTR 13.4 10.2
TC 14.3 11.0
2.5 10.7 SC 9.8 8.6
WTR 11.5 8.8
TC 15.1 11.5
3.0 14.7 SC 10.1 8.8
WTR 10.1 7.7

MHNCCW04 COOLING CAPACITIES


All capacities are based on nominal CFM
NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM (°F) DROP(ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 10.5 8.3
1.5 4.4 SC 8.5 7.5
WTR 14.4 11.0
TC 12.3 9.4
2.0 7.2 SC 9.1 8.0
WTR 12.3 9.4
400 45
TC 13.2 10.0
2.5 10.7 SC 9.4 8.2
WTR 10.5 8.0
TC 13.8 10.6
3.0 14.7 SC 9.6 8.4
WTR 9.2 7.0

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

122
MHNCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHNCCW06 COOLING CAPACITIES


All capacities are based on nominal CFM
NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM (°F) DROP(ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 18.5 14.1
3.0 3.8 SC 13.4 11.7
WTR 12.3 9.4
TC 20.4 15.6
4.0 6.5 SC 14.1 12.3
WTR 10.2 7.8
600 42
TC 21.6 16.5
5.0 9.8 SC 14.5 12.6
WTR 8.6 6.6
TC 22.4 17.1
6.0 13.8 SC 14.8 12.9
WTR 7.5 5.7

MHNCCW06 COOLING CAPACITIES


All capacities are based on nominal CFM
NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM (°F) DROP(ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 17 13.0
3.0 3.8 SC 12.8 11.2
WTR 11.3 8.6
TC 18.7 14.3
4.0 6.5 SC 13.4 11.8
WTR 9.4 7.2
600 45
TC 19.8 15.1
5.0 9.8 SC 13.8 12.1
WTR 7.9 6.0
TC 20.6 15.7
6.0 13.8 SC 14.1 12.3
WTR 6.9 5.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

123
MHNCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHNCCW08 COOLING CAPACITIES


All capacities are based on nominal CFM
NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM (°F) DROP(ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 22.7 17.3
3.0 4.4 SC 17.5 15.4
WTR 15.1 11.5
TC 25.9 19.7
4.0 7.2 SC 18.6 16.3
WTR 12.9 9.9
800 42
TC 28 21.4
5 10.7 SC 19.5 17.0
WTR 11.2 8.6
TC 29.4 22.5
6.0 14.7 SC 20.0 17.4
WTR 9.8 7.5

MHNCCW08 COOLING CAPACITIES


All capacities are based on nominal CFM
NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM (°F) DROP(ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 20.7 15.8
3.0 4.4 SC 15.7 13.8
WTR 13.8 10.5
TC 23.2 17.7
4.0 7.2 SC 16.6 14.6
WTR 11.6 8.8
800 45
TC 24.8 18.9
5 10.7 SC 17.2 15
WTR 9.9 7.6
TC 26 19.8
6.0 14.7 SC 17.6 15.4
WTR 8.7 6.6

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

124
MHNCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHNCCW10 COOLING CAPACITIES


All capacities are based on nominal CFM
NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM (°F) DROP(ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 28.8 22.0
4.0 4.9 SC 21.9 19.3
WTR 14.4 11.0
TC 31.8 24.3
5.0 7.4 SC 23 20.1
WTR 12.7 9.7
1000 42
TC 33.9 25.9
6 10.5 SC 23.8 20.8
WTR 11.3 8.6
TC 35.5 27.1
7.0 14.1 SC 24.4 21.3
WTR 10.2 7.8

MHNCCW10 COOLING CAPACITIES


All capacities are based on nominal CFM
NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM (°F) DROP(ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 26.4 20.2
4.0 4.9 SC 21.0 18.6
WTR 13.2 10.1
TC 29.2 22.3
5.0 7.4 SC 22.0 19.4
WTR 11.7 8.9
1000 45
TC 31.1 23.8
6 10.5 SC 22.8 19.9
WTR 10.4 7.9
TC 32.6 24.9
7.0 14.1 SC 23.3 20.4
WTR 9.3 7.1

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

125
MHNCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHNCCW12 COOLING CAPACITIES


All capacities are based on nominal CFM
NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM (°F) DROP(ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 32.3 24.7
4.0 5.6 SC 25.4 22.4
WTR 16.2 12.4
TC 36.1 27.6
5.0 8.5 SC 26.8 23.5
WTR 14.4 11
1200 42
TC 38.9 29.7
6 12.0 SC 27.8 24.3
WTR 13 9.9
TC 40.9 31.2
7.0 16.1 SC 28.6 24.9
WTR 11.7 8.9

MHNCCW12 COOLING CAPACITIES


All capacities are based on nominal CFM
NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM (°F) DROP(ft) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 29.7 24.6
4.0 5.6 SC 24.4 20.6
WTR 14.8 12.3
TC 33.1 25.3
5.0 8.5 SC 25.7 22.6
WTR 13.3 10.1
1200 45
TC 35.7 27.2
6 12.0 SC 26.6 23.4
WTR 11.9 9.1
TC 37.5 28.7
7.0 16.1 SC 27.3 23.9
WTR 10.7 8.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

126
MHNCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MHNCCW-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.0 11.2 13.8 16.4 19.0 21.6 24.2 26.8 29.4 32.0 34.6 37.2
50 400 2.0 3.4 13.4 16.0 18.6 21.2 23.8 26.4 29.0 31.6 34.2 36.8 39.4
3.0 7.0 14.8 17.4 20.0 22.6 25.2 27.8 30.4 33.0 35.6 38.2 40.8

MHNCCW-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.0 8.4 11.0 13.6 16.2 18.8 21.4 24.0 26.7 29.4 32.1 34.8
60 400 2.0 3.4 10.6 13.3 16.0 18.7 21.4 24.1 26.8 29.5 32.2 34.9 37.6
3.0 7.0 12.0 14.7 17.4 20.1 22.8 25.5 28.2 30.9 33.6 36.3 39.0

MHNCCW-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.0 5.8 8.4 11.0 13.6 15.5 18.1 20.0 22.6 24.5 27.1 29.7
70 400 2.0 3.4 7.9 10.6 13.4 16.1 18.9 21.6 24.4 27.1 29.9 32.6 35.3
3.0 7.0 8.8 11.6 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 26.1 28.9 32.0 34.9 37.8

MHNCCW-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.0 8.4 5.8 8.4 11.0 12.9 15.5 17.4 20.0 21.9 24.5 27.1
80 400 2.0 3.4 10.5 8.0 10.8 13.5 16.3 19.0 21.8 24.5 27.3 30.0 32.7
3.0 7.0 12.1 9.0 11.8 14.7 17.6 20.4 23.5 26.3 29.4 32.3 35.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.


127
MHNCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MHNCCW-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.1 13.1 17.6 22.1 26.6 31.1 35.6 40.1 44.6 49.1 53.6 58.1
50 600 2.0 3.7 17.5 21.7 25.9 30.1 34.3 38.5 42.7 46.9 51.1 55.3 59.5
3.0 7.6 19.1 23.3 27.5 31.7 35.9 40.1 44.3 48.5 52.7 56.9 61.4

MHNCCW-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.1 12.8 15.4 18.0 20.6 23.2 25.8 28.4 31.0 33.6 36.2 38.8
60 600 2.0 3.7 16.2 18.8 21.4 24.0 26.6 29.2 31.8 34.4 37.0 39.6 42.2
3.0 7.6 17.8 20.4 23.0 25.6 28.2 30.8 33.4 36.0 38.6 41.2 43.8

MHNCCW-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.1 7.9 10.5 13.1 15.7 18.3 20.9 23.5 26.1 28.7 31.3 33.9
70 600 2.0 3.7 11.7 14.3 16.9 19.5 22.1 24.7 27.3 29.9 32.5 35.1 37.7
3.0 7.6 13.3 15.9 18.5 21.1 23.7 26.3 28.9 31.5 34.1 36.7 39.3

MHNCCW-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.1 3.3 5.9 8.5 11.1 13.7 16.3 18.9 21.5 24.1 26.7 29.3
80 600 2.0 3.7 7.1 9.7 12.3 14.9 17.5 20.1 22.7 25.3 27.9 30.5 33.1
3.0 7.6 8.7 11.3 13.9 16.5 19.1 21.7 24.3 26.9 29.5 32.1 34.7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.


128
MHNCCW Hot Water Performance Data
MHNCCW-08 HEATING CAPACITIES
ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.5 16.8 20.5 24.1 27.7 31.4 35.0 39.0 42.4 46.5 49.7 53.3
50 800 3.0 1.1 19.2 22.8 26.4 30.0 34.7 37.2 43.2 48.0 51.6 55.2 58.8
4.0 1.9 20.5 24.2 27.9 31.6 36.7 39.0 45.7 50.1 54.7 57.5 61.2

MHNCCW-08 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.5 13.5 17.2 20.9 24.6 28.2 32.0 35.8 39.4 43.3 46.8 50.5
60 800 3.0 1.1 15.8 19.5 23.2 26.9 31.5 .34.3 40.0 41.9 48.4 52.8 56.5
4.0 1.9 17.3 21.0 24.7 28.4 33.5 35.8 42.5 46.9 51.5 54.3 58.0

MHNCCW-08 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.5 10.5 14.1 17.7 21.3 25.0 28.5 32.6 35.7 40.1 42.9 46.5
70 800 3.0 1.1 12.6 16.3 20.0 23.7 28.3 34.8 36.8 42.2 45.2 49.6 53.3
4.0 1.9 14.1 17.8 21.5 25.2 30.3 32.6 39.3 43.7 48.3 51.1 54.8

MHNCCW-08 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.5 7.1 10.8 14.5 18.2 21.8 25.6 29.4 33.0 36.9 40.4 44.1
80 800 3.0 1.1 9.4 13.1 16.8 20.5 25.1 27.9 33.6 35.3 42.0 46.4 50.1
4.0 1.9 10.9 14.6 18.3 22.0 27.1 33.1 36.1 40.5 45.1 47.9 51.6

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

129
MHNCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MHNCCW-10 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 19.5 23.7 28.0 32.3 36.5 40.7 45.2 49.2 53.9 57.7 62.0
50 1000 3.0 1.4 23.5 27.8 32.2 36.6 40.9 45.3 50.9 53.9 60.8 62.7 67.0
4.0 2.4 26.1 30.5 34.8 39.2 43.5 47.9 54.2 58.6 64.9 69.4 73.9

MHNCCW-10 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 15.6 19.9 24.3 28.7 32.8 37.4 41.5 46.1 50.2 54.7 59.1
60 1000 3.0 1.4 19.8 24.2 28.5 32.9 37.2 41.6 47.2 52.2 57.1 62.1 67.0
4.0 2.4 22.4 26.8 31.1 35.5 39.8 44.2 50.5 55.5 61.2 65.4 70.3

MHNCCW-10 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 12.1 16.4 20.6 24.9 29.1 33.4 37.8 41.9 46.5 50.4 54.6
70 1000 3.0 1.4 16.1 20.5 24.8 29.5 33.5 38.5 43.5 48.4 53.4 58.3 63.2
4.0 2.4 18.7 23.1 27.4 31.8 36.1 41.1 46.8 51.0 57.5 60.9 65.8

MHNCCW-10 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 8.4 12.7 16.9 21.3 25.4 29.8 34.1 38.5 42.8 47.2 51.5
80 1000 3.0 1.4 12.4 16.8 21.1 25.5 29.8 34.2 39.8 42.9 49.7 54.7 59.6
4.0 2.4 15.0 19.4 23.7 28.1 32.4 36.8 43.1 48.1 53.8 58.0 62.9

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

130
MHNCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MHNCCW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 20.0 24.8 29.6 34.4 39.2 44.0 49.0 53.6 58.7 63.2 68.0
50 1200 3.0 1.5 23.8 28.6 33.4 38.2 44.6 47.8 56.0 61.1 67.3 72.9 78.6
4.0 2.4 26.3 31.1 35.9 40.7 48.0 53.0 60.3 66.3 72.6 78.3 84.3

MHNCCW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 16.8 21.6 26.4 31.2 36.0 40.8 45.8 51.4 55.5 60.0 64.8
60 1200 3.0 1.5 19.0 24.6 30.2 35.8 41.4 47.0 52.8 58.2 64.1 69.4 76.0
4.0 2.4 20.6 26.7 32.7 38.7 44.8 50.9 57.1 62.9 69.4 75.1 81.1

MHNCCW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 13.6 18.4 23.2 28.0 32.8 37.6 42.6 47.2 52.3 56.8 61.6
70 1200 3.0 1.5 15.8 21.4 27.0 32.6 38.2 43.8 49.6 55.0 60.9 66.2 71.8
4.0 2.4 17.4 23.5 29.5 35.6 41.6 47.7 53.9 59.8 66.2 71.8 77.9

MHNCCW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 10.4 15.2 20.0 24.5 29.6 34.4 39.4 44.0 49.1 53.6 58.8
80 1200 3.0 1.5 12.6 18.2 23.8 29.4 35.0 40.6 46.4 51.8 57.7 63.0 58.6
4.0 2.4 14.2 20.3 26.3 32.4 38.4 44.5 50.7 56.6 63.0 68.7 74.7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.


131
MHNCCW CFM and Glycol Adjustments

Nominal CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table


Hi Speed
Model Number
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3
MHNCCW04-xx 397 373 340 320 0 0
MHNCCW06-xx 634 608 578 544 506 463
MHNCCW08-xx 757 723 700 659 621 582
MHNCCW10-xx 943 914 880 846 812 769
MHNCCW12-xx 1228 1194 1160 1126 1088 1050

Example:
MHNCCW08 @ 0.15 ESP produces 700 cfm.
Locate 700 cfm (for the MHNCCW08) on the Capacity Adjustment Factors on page 133. (TC =.98 & SC = .98)
Multiply the stated chilled water capacity for the MHCCW08 on page 124 or the hot water capacity on page 129 by the adjustment factors to achieve
the capacity adjustment.

Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment


Factors
Propylene Capacity GPM Adjustment =
Ambient
Glycol % Reduction 100% Capacity
Temp
26° F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01
20° F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03
8° F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07
-5° F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11
-28° F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16

Example:
30% Propylene Glycol Solution.
System capacity x 0.98
GPM x 1.07

These specifications are subject to change without notice

132
MHNCCW Capacity Adjustment Factors
COOLING CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS
MODEL # MHNCCW04 MHNCCW06 MHNCCW08 MHNCCW10 MHNCCW12
CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC
320 0.88 0.86
350 0.90 0.89
375 0.94 0.93
397 1.00 1.00
425
463 0.89 0.88
500 0.91 0.90
525 0.93 0.92
550 0.95 0.94
582 0.97 0.96 0.89 0.87
600 0.98 0.97 0.91 0.89
634 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.91 0.81 0.77
675 0.95 0.94 0.84 0.81
700 0.98 0.98 0.87 0.85
757 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.88
775 0.93 0.91
800 0.96 0.95
850 0.97 0.97
900 0.99 0.99
943 1.00 1.00
1000
1025
1050 0.99 0.97
1100 1.06 1.05
1125 1.04 1.03
1150 1.03 1.02
1200 1.02 1.01
1228 1.00 1.00

These specifications are subject to change without notice

133
134
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL horizontal configuration only and into an


Read the entire contents of this manual enclosure assembly. The enclosure assembly
before beginning installation. Multiaqua can be ordered separately or field fabricated
assumes no responsibility for equipment by the installing contractor. See figure 2 for
installed contradictory to any code enclosure part numbers, dimensions and
requirement or installation instructions. weights. See document number 030710001
The components of this fan coil have for enclosure assembly and installation
been inspected at the factory and readied instructions. See figure 3 for fan coil only
for shipment. Upon receiving the dimensions.
shipment a visual inspection of the The coil hand of connection is field
packaging must be performed. reversible. See figures 4-6 for converting the
coil hand of connection.
If any damage to the packaging is
discovered, an inspection of the
components must be performed and
noted on the delivery documents. If
component damage is found a damage FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
claim must be filed by the receiving party MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS)
against the delivery party immediately. MHNCCW04 66.0
This product is designed and MHNCCW06 68.2
manufactured to permit installation in MHNCCW08 72.6
accordance with national codes. It is the MHNCCW10 74.8
installer’s responsibility to install the
MHNCCW12 83.6
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
Figure 1
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS
structural integrity of the supporting ENCLOSURE FAN COIL (us)
members, clearances and provisions for PART NUMBER SIZE Depth Length Height Weight
servicing, power supply, coil connections MPE468 4 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
and/or condensate removal. Before the MPE468 6 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
installation ensure the structural strength
MPE468 8 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the MPE10 10 32.75 45.75 11.00 30
fan coils. MPE12 12 32.75 51.75 11.00 34
This unit is designed to be installed in a Figure 2

135
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

FAN COIL DIMENSIONS

Fan Coil A B C D E F
Model Number
MHNCCW04 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65
MHNCCW06 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65
MHNCCW08 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65
MHNCCW10 43.70 40.55 37.40 10.00 5.51 21.65
MHNCCW12 49.68 46.53 43.38 10.00 5.51 21.65

.5”
Air Vents
Hot Water Supply

Hot Water Return


E

D Chilled Water
Supply

Chilled Water
Return

Coil Drains .75” (MPT)


1” Condensate
Drain Connection
B F (Both Ends)

A
Mounting Notches

Drain Pan

Figure 3

136
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
CONVERTING COIL
HAND OF CONNECTION Figure 4

1. Remove the eleven screws that


attach the top to the fan coil
assembly and remove the top.
Figure 4

2. Remove the eight screws that


hold the coil into the fan coil
frame assembly. Four screws per
side.
Figure 5

3 Slide the coil out of the fan


coil frame assembly toward the
coil supply and return line Figure 5
connections. Ensure that care is
taken when removing and
inserting the coil not to damage
the coil fins. Insert the coil into
the fan coil frame assembly from
the other end and reverse
procedures 4 & 5 to reassemble
the fan coil.
Figure 6

Figure 6

137
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL
UNIT INTO ENCLOSURE
ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the ten screws that


attach the electrical assembly to
the fan coil unit. Do not separate
the electrical assembly from the
blower assembly. These two Figure 7
assemblies will be removed in the
next step.
Figure 7

2. Remove the five screws


attaching the blower assembly to
the coil assembly. Separate the
electrical and blower assemblies
from the coil assembly.
Figure 8

3. Insert the coil assembly into


the enclosure assembly starting
with the discharge air opening of Figure 8
the coil first. Ensure that the
discharge of the coil is inserted
into the discharge of the
enclosure completely. Failure to
completely insert the coil
discharge will result in
recirculation of the discharge air.
Figure 9

Figure 9

138
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

4. Align the fan coil mounting


bolts up with the four mounting
notches provided in the coil
assembly top. Secure the coil
assembly to the enclosure with
two mounting bolts per side.
Ensure that the coil assembly is
level in both directions to allow
proper drainage and operation.
Figure 10

5. Reinstall the blower assembly Figure 10


onto the coil assembly using the
five screws previously removed
in step 2 figure 8.
Figure 11

6. Reinstall the electrical


assembly onto the coil assembly
using the ten screws previously
removed in step 1 figure 7.
Figure 12

ELECTRICAL, COIL,
DRAIN AND RETURN /
SUPPLY AIR LOCATIONS Figure 11

7. There are multiple entry points


on the factory supplied enclosure
assembly for water lines,
condensate lines, refrigerant lines
and electrical connections. If a
non-louvered service access panel
is used or if an alternate return air
location is required an optional
return air cutout is provided.
Figure 13

Figure 12

139
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

ELECTRICAL &
CONDENSATE DRAIN
8. There are four termination
points for the electrical wiring.
There are two on each side of the
electrical box. See pages 144 & 145
for electrical drawings. Wiring
must be installed according to
Optional Return
prevailing codes and regulations. Entry Points Air Cutout
The fan coil unit has one Typical Both Ends
condensate drain connection on
either side of the drain pan for Figure 13
either left or right hand drain
connection. The opposite drain
connection not being used must be Left and Right Hand Drain Connections
capped off by the installing
contractor. The middle drain
connection is the safety condensate Figure 14
Electrical Terminations Points
drain connection. Ensure that all
condensate drain lines have at least
one quarter of an inch of fall per
foot for proper drainage.
Figure 14
Safety Drain Connection

WATER COIL
CONNECTIONS
9. The fan coil unit comes with a Figure 14
manual air bleed and a manual coil
drain fitting. They are located on Manual Air Bleed
the same side as the supply and Water Return Connection
return water line connections. The
water supply line is connected to
the coil connection furthest away
from the fans. The water return line
is connected to the coil connection
closest to the fans. Ensure that both
the supply and return water lines
are insulated to prevent them from Water Supply Connection
Manual Coil Drain
sweating.
Figure 15
Figure 15

140
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS

10. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor
must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is
required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame
adheres to national codes and / or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing
the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel.
Figure 16 & 17

11. Filters are not supplied with the fan coil unit or the service access panel. The filter(s) must be
supplied by the installing contractor. If a louvered service access panel is used the filter will mount
on the under side of the hinged access panel. If the optional return air cutout is used, it is
recommended that a return air filter grille be used that has the same surface area as the
recommended filter sizes.
Figure 18

Fan Coil Mounting Bolts


Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure

Optional Return Air Cutout


Supply Duct Flange

Frame Enclosure
Supplied By Ceiling
Installing Contractor

Hinged Service Access Panel Return Air Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP)
Louvered Panel Shown

Figure 16

141
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

SERVICE ACCESS PANEL DIMENSIONS


Louvered & Non-Louvered
Fan A B C
Panel Model
Coil
Number
Size (in) (in) (in)
MAP468L(NL) 4 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP468L(NL) 6 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP468L(NL) 8 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 1.5
MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 1.5

C
(typ) Figure 17

FAN COIL RECOMMENDED FILTER


MODEL SIZES
NUMBER Width (in) Length (in)
MHNCCW04 18 36
MHNCCW06 18 36
MHNCCW08 18 36
MHNCCW10 18 36
MHNCCW12 2 qty 18 24
Figure 18

142
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

12. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork.
Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange that the screws are at least one and half inches away from
the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure
assembly when duct work will be installed before the fan coil is installed.
Figure 19

SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLANGE


Fan A B
Enclosure
Coil
Model Number
Size (in) (in)
MAP468L(NL) 4 6 31.75
MAP468L(NL) 6 6 31.75
MAP468L(NL) 8 6 31.75
MAP10L (NL) 10 6 37.75
MAP12L (NL) 12 6 43.75

B
Figure 19

143
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

MAITENANCE and/or replacements in the event the


unit fails to operate or is being
1. Air Filter(s): serviced. If fuses are used, ensure
Filters are an essential part of the that the replacement fuses are of the
quality of air that is provided to the same size and type as the ones you
occupants. Never operate HVAC are replacing. It is a good idea to
equipment without filters. Filters keep replacement fuses of the
help remove dust and unwanted appropriate size and type on hand.
particles from the air stream,
helping to keep the space clean. 3. Routine Check Up and Service:
They also keep this debris from This product is designed to
collecting on the heat transfer provide many years of dependable,
surfaces of the unit thus trouble free comfort when properly
maintaining optimum equipment maintained. Proper maintenance
efficiency and performance. These will consist of routine filter
filters will be located either in the cleanings/changes, bi-annual check
unit or upstream from the unit in ups that include but not limited to
the return air ductwork. Filters must filter inspections, inspections
be inspected, cleaned and/or /cleaning of the internal electrical
changed routinely. This routine and heat transfer components by a
maintenance procedure will allow qualified service technician. Failure
the unit to continually operate as to provide periodic check ups and
designed, reduce service expenses cleaning can result in excessive
and extend equipment/component operating cost and/or equipment
life. failure.

2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers:


This unit must be connected to
the buildings electric service in
accordance with local/national
electrical codes and regulations.
These electrical connections will
include over current protection in
the form of fuses or circuit
breakers. Have your contractor
identify/label the circuits and the
location of them so that you may be
in a position to make inspections

144
MHNCCW-xx-01 Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

145
MHNCCW-xx-03 Wiring Diagram
120-1-60

146
146
MHNCCW CERTIFIED DRAWING

147
MCCW Chilled/Hot Water
Ceiling Concealed
2-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 48,000 - 60,000 BTUH

148
MCCW NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
2-Pipe Heat/Cool Ceiling Concealed Fan Coil

MCCW- XX - H -1

Voltage
1= 208/230/-1-50/60
2-Pipe Heat/Cool
Heat/Cool

Nominal CFM
16=1600
20=2000

Available Model Numbers

MCCW-16-H-1
MCCW-20-H-1

149
HVAC Guide Specifications
Chilled and Hot Water Fan Coil
2-Pipe

Nominal Size:
48,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


MCCW16
MCCW20

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested chilled and hot water fan coil.
2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac.
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Internal overload protected.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced.
E. Water Coil:
1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8” copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum
fins.
2. Contain both a manual water drain and manual air bleed port per coil.
3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection.
F. Drain Pan:
1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to
resist corrosion.
2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation.
3. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a sloped right
hand secondary drain connection.

150
Part 3-Controls and Safeties
3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or
fan speed control.
C. Controls shall include the following components.
1. 24vac transformer.
2. Fan relays.
3. Optional thermostats.

3.02 Safeties:
A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.
D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block.

151
MCCW Product Specifications

Physical Data
Cooling Copper Water Water
Height Length Depth Weight Drain
Model Number Rows Diameter Inlet Outlet
(in) (in) (in) (lbs) (in)
FPI (in) (in) (in)
MCCW-16-H-1 13.78 48.50 20.00 68.34 3-14 3/8 3/4 3/4 1/2
MCCW-20-H-1 13.78 56.10 20.00 72.80 3-14 3/8 1.0 1.0 1/2

Electrical Data
Fuse or HACR
Circuit Breaker
Nominal Volts/ Phase/ Motor Full Load
Model Number Per Circuit
CFM Hertz HP Ampacity
Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps

MCCW-16-H-1 1600 208/230-1-50/60 1/2 2.72 3.40 8

MCCW-20-H-1 2000 208/230-1-50/60 1/2 2.72 3.40 8

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

152
MCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MCCW-16 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM 80° D.B. / 67° 75° D.B. / 63°
CFM (°F)
W.B. W.B.
TC 41.4 31.7
7.0 SC 31.0 27.3
WPD 4.7 4.7
TC 43.4 33.1
8.0 SC 31.7 27.8
WPD 6.0 6.0
1600 42
TC 45.0 34.4
9.0 SC 32.3 28.3
WPD 7.4 7.4
TC 46.4 35.4
10.0 SC 32.8 28.7
WPD 9.0 9.0

MCCW-16 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM 80° D.B. / 67° 75° D.B. / 63°
CFM (°F)
W.B. W.B.
TC 38.0 29.0
7.0 SC 29.7 26.3
WPD 4.7 4.7
TC 39.8 30.4
8.0 SC 30.4 26.8
WPD 6.0 6.0
1600 45
TC 41.3 31.5
9.0 SC 30.9 27.2
WPD 7.4 7.4
TC 42.5 32.5
10.0 SC 31.4 27.6
WPD 9.0 9.0

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

153
MCCW Chilled Water Performance Data

MCCW-20 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM 80° D.B. / 67° 75° D.B. / 63°
CFM (°F)
W.B. W.B.
TC 52.7 40.3
9.0 SC 37.8 33.0
WPD 9.4 9.4
TC 54.3 41.5
10.0 SC 38.4 33.5
WPD 11.4 11.4
2000 42
TC 55.7 42.5
11.0 SC 38.9 33.9
WPD 13.5 13.5
TC 56.8 43.4
12.0 SC 39.4 34.2
WPD 15.9 15.9

MCCW-20 COOLING CAPACITIES


NOMINAL EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM 80° D.B. / 67° 75° D.B. / 63°
CFM (°F) W.B. W.B.
TC 48.4 37.0
9.0 SC 36.1 31.7
WPD 9.4 9.4
TC 49.9 38.1
10.0 SC 36.7 32.1
WPD 11.4 11.4
2000 45
TC 51.1 39.0
11.0 SC 37.2 32.5
WPD 13.5 13.5
TC 52.1 39.8
12.0 SC 37.6 32.8
WPD 15.9 15.9

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

154
MCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MCCW-16 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
7.0 4.7 50.9 61.0 71.2 81.4 91.5 101.7 111.9 122.1 132.2 142.4 152.6
8.0 6.0 51.8 62.2 72.5 82.9 93.2 103.6 114.0 124.3 134.7 145.0 155.4
50 1600
9.0 7.4 52.6 63.1 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.2 115.7 126.2 136.7 147.2 157.7
10.0 9.0 53.2 63.9 74.5 85.2 95.8 106.4 117.1 127.7 138.4 149.0 159.7

MCCW-16 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
7.0 4.7 40.7 50.9 61.0 71.2 81.4 91.5 101.7 111.9 122.1 132.2 142.4
8.0 6.0 41.4 51.8 62.2 72.5 82.9 93.2 103.6 114.0 124.3 134.7 145.0
60 1600
9.0 7.4 42.1 52.6 63.1 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.2 115.7 126.2 136.7 147.2
10.0 9.0 42.6 53.2 63.9 74.5 85.2 95.8 106.4 117.1 127.7 138.4 149.0

MCCW-16 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
7.0 4.7 30.5 40.7 50.9 61.0 71.2 81.4 91.5 101.7 111.9 122.1 132.2
8.0 6.0 31.1 41.4 51.8 62.2 72.5 82.9 93.2 103.6 114.0 124.3 134.7
70 1600
9.0 7.4 31.5 42.1 52.6 63.1 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.2 115.7 126.2 136.7
10.0 9.0 31.9 42.6 53.2 63.9 74.5 85.2 95.8 106.4 117.1 127.7 138.4

MCCW-16 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
7.0 4.7 20.3 30.5 40.7 50.9 61.0 71.2 81.4 91.5 101.7 111.9 122.1
8.0 6.0 20.7 31.1 41.4 51.8 62.2 72.5 82.9 93.2 103.6 114.0 124.3
80 1600
9.0 7.4 21.0 31.5 42.1 52.6 63.1 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.2 115.7 126.2
10.0 9.0 21.3 31.9 42.6 53.2 63.9 74.5 85.2 95.8 106.4 117.1 127.7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

155
MCCW Hot Water Performance Data

MCCW-20 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
9.0 9.4 58.9 70.7 82.5 94.3 106.0 117.9 129.6 141.4 153.2 165.0 176.8
10.0 11.4 59.6 71.6 83.5 95.4 107.4 119.3 131.2 143.1 155.1 167.0 178.9
50 2000
11.0 13.5 60.2 72.3 84.3 96.4 108.4 120.5 132.5 144.6 156.6 168.7 180.7
12.0 15.9 60.7 72.9 85.0 97.1 109.3 121.4 133.6 145.7 157.8 170.0 182.1

MCCW-20 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
9.0 9.4 47.1 58.9 70.7 82.5 94.3 106.1 117.9 129.6 141.4 153.2 165.0
10.0 11.4 47.7 59.6 71.6 83.5 95.4 107.4 119.3 131.2 143.1 155.1 167.0
60 2000
11.0 13.5 48.2 60.2 72.3 84.3 96.4 108.4 120.5 132.5 144.6 156.6 168.7
12.0 15.9 48.6 60.7 72.9 85.0 97.1 109.3 121.4 133.6 145.7 157.8 170.0

MCCW-20 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
9.0 9.4 35.4 47.1 58.9 70.7 82.5 94.3 106.1 117.9 129.6 141.4 153.2
10.0 11.4 35.8 47.7 59.6 71.6 83.5 95.4 107.4 119.3 131.2 143.1 155.1
70 2000
11.0 13.5 36.1 48.2 60.2 72.3 84.3 96.4 108.4 120.5 132.5 144.6 156.6
12.0 15.9 36.4 48.6 60.7 72.9 85.0 97.1 109.3 121.4 133.6 145.7 157.8

MCCW-20 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
9.0 9.4 23.6 35.4 47.1 58.9 70.7 82.5 94.3 106.1 117.9 129.6 141.4
10.0 11.4 23.9 35.8 47.7 59.6 71.6 83.5 95.4 107.4 119.3 131.2 143.1
80 2000
11.0 13.5 24.1 36.1 48.2 60.2 72.3 84.3 96.4 108.4 120.5 132.5 144.6
12.0 15.9 24.3 36.4 48.6 60.7 72.9 85.0 97.1 109.3 121.4 133.6 145.7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

156
MCCW CFM and Glycol Adjustments

Nominal CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table


Model Hi Speed
Number 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
MCCW-16 1435 1420 1390 1355 1316 1281
MCCW-20 1435 1415 1400 1363 1325 1290

Example:
MCCW-16 @ 0.30 ESP produces 1281 cfm.
Locate 1281 cfm (for the MCCW-16) on the Capacity Adjustment Factors on page 157. (TC =.91 & SC = .89)
Multiply the stated chilled water capacity for the MCCW-16 on page 153 or the hot water capacity on page 155 by the adjustment factors to achieve
the capacity adjustment.

Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors


Propylene Capacity GPM Adjustment =
Ambient
Glycol % Reduction 100% Capacity
Temp
26° F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01
20° F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03
8° F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07
-5° F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11
-28° F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16

Example:
30% Propylene Glycol Solution.
System capacity x 0.98
GPM x 1.07

CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS


MODEL # MCCW-16 MCCW-20
CFM TC SC TC SC
1281 0.91 0.89
1290 0.91 0.89 0.92 0.92
1300 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92
1325 0.94 0.93 0.94 0.93
1350 0.96 0.95 0.96 0.95
1375 0.97 0.96 0.97 0.96
1400 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99
1435 1 1 1 1

These specifications are subject to change without notice

157
158
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL horizontal configuration only. See figure 2


Read the entire contents of this manual for fan coil only dimensions.
before beginning installation. Multiaqua The coil hand of connection is field
assumes no responsibility for equipment reversible. See figures 3-5 for converting the
installed contradictory to any code coil hand of connection.
requirement or installation instructions.
The components of this fan coil have
been inspected at the factory and readied
for shipment. Upon receiving the
shipment a visual inspection of the
packaging must be performed.
FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
If any damage to the packaging is
discovered, an inspection of the MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS)
components must be performed and MCCW-16 68.34
noted on the delivery documents. If MCCW-20 72.80
component damage is found a damage
claim must be filed by the receiving party Figure 1
against the delivery party immediately.
This product is designed and
manufactured to permit installation in
accordance with national codes. It is the
installer’s responsibility to install the
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the
structural integrity of the supporting
members, clearances and provisions for
servicing, power supply, coil connections
and/or condensate removal. Before the
installation ensure the structural strength
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the
fan coils.
This unit is designed to be installed in a

159
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

FAN COIL DIMENSIONS


Fan Coil Model
Number A B C D E F
MCCW16 56.38 51.85 50.20 13.74 9.49 19.80
MCCW20 56.38 51.85 50.20 13.74 9.49 19.80

.5”

Air Vent
Water Return
E
D Water Supply

.75” (MPT)
Condensate
Coil Drain
Drain Connection
1” (Both Ends)

F
B A

Mounting Notches

Drain Pan

Figure 2

160
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
CONVERTING COIL
HAND OF CONNECTION Figure 3

1. Remove the eleven screws that


attach the top to the fan coil
assembly and remove the top.
Figure 3

2. Remove the eight screws that


hold the coil into the fan coil
frame assembly. Four screws per
side.
Figure 4

3 Slide the coil out of the fan


coil frame assembly toward the
coil supply and return line Figure 4
connections. Ensure that care is
taken when removing and
inserting the coil not to damage
the coil fins. Insert the coil into
the fan coil frame assembly from
the other end and reverse
procedures 3 & 4 to reassemble
the fan coil.
Figure 5

Figure 5

161
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCW Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL
UNIT INTO ENCLOSURE
ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the ten screws that


attach the electrical assembly to
the fan coil unit. Do not separate
the electrical assembly from the
blower assembly. These two Figure 6
assemblies will be removed in the
next step.
Figure 6

2. Remove the five screws


attaching the blower assembly to
the coil assembly. Separate the
electrical and blower assemblies
from the coil assembly.
Figure 7

3. Insert the coil assembly into


the enclosure assembly starting
with the discharge air opening of Figure 7
the coil first. Ensure that the
discharge of the coil is inserted
into the discharge of the
enclosure completely. Failure to
completely insert the coil
discharge will result in
recirculation of the discharge air.
Figure 8

Figure 8

162
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

4. Align the fan coil mounting


bolts up with the four mounting
notches provided in the coil
assembly top. Secure the coil
assembly to the enclosure with
two mounting bolts per side.
Ensure that the coil assembly is
level in both directions to allow
proper drainage and operation.
Figure 9

5. Reinstall the blower assembly Figure 9


onto the coil assembly using the
five screws previously removed
in step 2 figure 7.
Figure 10

6. Reinstall the electrical


assembly onto the coil assembly
using the ten screws previously
removed in step 1 figure 6.
Figure 11

ELECTRICAL, COIL,
DRAIN AND RETURN /
SUPPLY AIR LOCATIONS Figure 10

7. There are multiple entry points


on the factory supplied enclosure
assembly for water lines,
condensate lines, refrigerant lines
and electrical connections. If a
non-louvered service access panel
is used or if an alternate return air
location is required an optional
return air cutout is provided.
Figure 12

Figure 11

163
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

ELECTRICAL &
CONDENSATE DRAIN
8. There are four termination
points for the electrical wiring.
There are two on each side of the
electrical box. See page 169 for
electrical drawings. Wiring must be
installed according to prevailing
Optional Return
codes and regulations. Entry Points Air Cutout
The fan coil unit has one Typical Both Ends
condensate drain connection on
either side of the drain pan for Figure 12
either left or right hand drain
connection. The opposite drain
connection not being used must be Left and Right Hand Drain Connections
capped off by the installing
contractor. The middle drain
connection is the safety condensate Figure 14
Electrical Terminations Points
drain connection. Ensure that all
condensate drain lines have at least
one quarter of an inch of fall per
foot for proper drainage.
Figure 13
Safety Drain Connection

WATER COIL
CONNECTIONS
9. The fan coil unit comes with a Figure 13
manual air bleed and a manual coil
drain fitting. They are located on Manual Air Bleed
the same side as the supply and Water Return Connection
return water line connections. The
water supply line is connected to
the coil connection furthest away
from the fans. The water return line
is connected to the coil connection
closest to the fans. Ensure that both
the supply and return water lines
are insulated to prevent them from Water Supply Connection
Manual Coil Drain
sweating.
Figure 14
Figure 14

164
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS

10. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor
must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is
required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame
adheres to national codes and / or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing
the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel.
Figure 15 & 16

11. Filters are not supplied with the fan coil unit or the service access panel. The filter(s) must be
supplied by the installing contractor. If a louvered service access panel is used the filter will mount
on the under side of the hinged access panel. If the optional return air cutout is used it is
recommended that a return air filter grille be used that has the same surface area as the
recommended filter sizes.
Figure 17

Fan Coil Mounting Bolts


Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure

Optional Return Air Cutout


Supply Duct Flange

Frame Enclosure
Supplied By Ceiling
Installing Contractor

Hinged Service Access Panel Return Air Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP)
Louvered Panel Shown

Figure 15

165
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

SERVICE ACCESS PANEL DIMENSIONS


Louvered & Non-Louvered
Fan A B C
Panel Model
Coil
Number
Size (in) (in) (in)
MAP468L(NL) 4 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP468L(NL) 6 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP468L(NL) 8 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 1.5
MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 1.5

C
(typ) Figure 16

FAN COIL RECOMMENDED FILTER


MODEL SIZES
NUMBER Width (in) Length (in)
MHNCCW04 18 36
MHNCCW06 18 36
MHNCCW08 18 36
MHNCCW10 18 36
MHNCCW12 2 qty 18 24
Figure 17

166
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

12. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork.
Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange that the screws are at least one and half inches away from
the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure
assembly when duct work will be installed before the fan coil is installed.
Figure 18

SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLANGE


Fan A B
Enclosure
Coil
Model Number
Size (in) (in)
MAP468L(NL) 4 6 31.75
MAP468L(NL) 6 6 31.75
MAP468L(NL) 8 6 31.75
MAP10L (NL) 10 6 37.75
MAP12L (NL) 12 6 43.75

B
Figure 18

167
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

MAITENANCE and/or replacements in the event the


unit fails to operate or is being
1. Air Filter(s): serviced. If fuses are used, ensure
Filters are an essential part of the that the replacement fuses are of the
quality of air that is provided to the same size and type as the ones you
occupants. Never operate HVAC are replacing. It is a good idea to
equipment without filters. Filters keep replacement fuses of the
help remove dust and unwanted appropriate size and type on hand.
particles from the air stream,
helping to keep the space clean. 3. Routine Check Up and Service:
They also keep this debris from This product is designed to
collecting on the heat transfer provide many years of dependable,
surfaces of the unit thus trouble free comfort when properly
maintaining optimum equipment maintained. Proper maintenance
efficiency and performance. These will consist of routine filter
filters will be located either in the cleanings/ changes, bi-annual check
unit or upstream from the unit in ups that include but not limited to
the return air ductwork. Filters must filter inspections, inspections
be inspected, cleaned and/or /cleaning of the internal electrical
changed routinely. This routine and heat transfer components by a
maintenance procedure will allow qualified service technician. Failure
the unit to continually operate as to provide periodic check ups and
designed, reduce service expenses cleaning can result in excessive
and extend equipment/component operating cost and/or equipment
life. failure.

2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers:


This unit must be connected to
the buildings electric service in
accordance with local/national
electrical codes and regulations.
These electrical connections will
include over current protection in
the form of fuses or circuit
breakers. Have your contractor
identify/label the circuits and the
location of them so that you may be
in a position to make inspections

168
MCCW-xx-01 Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

169
MCCW CERTIFIED DRAWING

170
MHWW Chilled/Hot Water
Hi-Wall Fan Coil
2-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 9,000 - 36,000 BTUH

171
MHWW NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
2-Pipe Heat/Cool Hi-Wall Fan Coil

MHWW- XX - H -1

Voltage
1= 208/230/-1-50/60
2-Pipe Heat/Cool
Heat/Cool

Nominal BTUH
09 = 9,000
12 = 12,000
18 = 8,000
24 = 24,000
36 = 36,000

Available Model Numbers

MHWW-09-H-1
MHWW-12-H-1
MHWW-18-H-1
MHWW-24-H-1
MHWW-36-H-1

172
HVAC Guide Specifications
Chilled and Hot Water Hi-Wall Fan Coil
2-Pipe

Nominal Size:
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


MHWW-09
MHWW-12
MHWW-18
MHWW-24
MHWW-36

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with high impact molded polymers.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested chilled and hot water fan coil.
2. Shall be assembled with high quality.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of high impact polymers.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac.
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Internal overload protected.
4. Unit shall contain a swing motor to modulate the discharge air.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are tangential and dynamically balanced.
E. Water Coil:
1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8” copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum
fins.
2. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
F. Drain Pan:
1. All drain pans shall be molded with high impact polymers.
2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation.
3. Pans shall contain a flexible drain tubing that is accessible from the back of the unit.

173
G. Filters:
1. Unit shall contain 65% washable filters.

Part 3-Controls and Safeties


3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. Controls shall include a circuit board, room sensor, indoor coil thermistor, transformer and wireless
remote.
C. Controls shall be capable of incorporating an optional hard-wired thermostat.

3.02 Safeties:
A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer.
B. Discharge air sensor.
Part 4-Operating Characteristics:
4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Unit shall incorporate a three prong male primary electrical power cord.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.

174
MHWW Product Specifications

Physical Data
Cooling Copper Water Water
Height Depth Weight Drain
Model Number Length (in) Rows Diameter Inlet Outlet
(in) (in) (lbs) (in)
FPI (in) (in) (in)
MHWW-09-H-1 11.70 34.65 6.70 25.70 2-18 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2
MHWW-12-H-1 12.00 39.00 7.10 27.50 2-18 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2
MHWW-18-H-1 14.17 46.14 8.10 44.40 2-18 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4
MHWW-24-H-1 14.17 46.14 8.10 46.20 3-18 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4
MHWW-36-H-1 14.25 56.50 8.37 50.50 3-18 3/8 3/4 3/4 3/4

Electrical Data
Fuse or HACR
Hi
Volts/ Circuit Breaker Per
Spe Motor Full Load
Model Number Phase/ Circuit
ed HP Ampacity
Hertz
CFM Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps

MHWW-09-H-01 270 1/60 0.14


.18 1
208/230-1-50/60

MHWW-12-H-01 330 1/60 0.17


.18 1

MHWW-18-H-01 480 1/20 0.24


.30 1

MHWW-24-H-01 600 1/20 0.35


.44 1

MHWW-36-H-01 850 1/12 0.42


.53 1

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

175
MHWW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHWW-09 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 10.5 8.0
1.8 SC 7.9 7.0
WPD 3.6 3.6
TC 11.8 9.0
2.0 SC 8.4 7.4
WPD 6.0 6.0
270 42
TC 12.7 9.7
2.5 SC 8.7 7.6
WPD 9.0 9.0
TC 13.3 10.2
3.0 SC 9.0 7.8
WPD 12.6 12.6

MHWW-09 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 9.6 7.3
1.8 SC 7.6 6.7
WPD 3.6 3.6
TC 10.8 8.3
2.0 SC 8.1 7.1
WPD 6.0 6.0
270 45
TC 11.6 8.9
2.5 SC 8.3 7.3
WPD 9.0 9.0
TC 12.2 9.3
3.0 SC 8.6 7.5
WPD 12.6 12.6

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

176
MHWW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHWW-12 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 13.7 10.4
3.0 SC 9.2 8.0
WPD 11.4 11.4
TC 14.3 10.9
4.0 SC 9.4 8.2
WPD 15.9 15.9
330 42
TC 14.8 11.3
5.0 SC 9.6 8.3
WPD 17.6 17.6
TC 15.1 11.5
6.0 SC 9.8 8.4
WPD 21.2 21.2

MHWW-12 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 12.5 9.6
3.0 SC 8.8 7.6
WPD 11.4 11.4
TC 13.1 10.0
4.0 SC 9 7.8
WPD 15.9 15.9
330 45
TC 13.5 10.3
5.0 SC 9.1 7.9
WPD 17.6 17.6
TC 13.9 10.6
6.0 SC 9.3 8.0
WPD 21.2 21.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

177
MHWW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHWW-18 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 18.6 14.2
3.6 SC 13.9 12.3
WPD 3.8 3.8
TC 19.9 15.2
4.0 SC 14.4 12.6
WPD 5.1 5.1
480 42
TC 20.8 15.9
5.0 SC 14.7 12.9
WPD 6.5 6.5
TC 21.5 16.4
6.0 SC 15.0 13.1
WPD 8.1 8.1

MHWW-18 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 17.1 13.1
3.6 SC 13.4 11.8
WPD 3.8 3.8
TC 18.2 13.9
4.0 SC 13.8 12.1
WPD 5.1 5.1
480 45
TC 19.1 14.6
5.0 SC 14.1 12.4
WPD 6.5 6.5
TC 19.7 15.0
6.0 SC 14.3 12.6
WPD 8.1 8.1

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

178
MHWW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHWW-24 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 23.0 17.6
4.8 SC 16.0 14.0
WPD 8.3 8.3
TC 23.8 18.2
5.0 SC 16.3 14.2
WPD 10.3 10.3
600 42 TC 24.5 18.7
6.0 SC 16.6 14.4
WPD 12.6 12.6
TC 25.0 19.1
SC 16.8 14.6
7.0

WPD 15.0 15.0

MHWW-24 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 21.1 16.1
4.8 SC 15.3 13.4
WPD 8.3 8.3
TC 21.8 16.7
5.0 SC 15.6 13.6
WPD 10.3 10.3
600 45
TC 22.4 17.1
6.0 SC 15.8 13.8
WPD 12.6 12.6
TC 23.0 17.5
7.0 SC 16.0 13.9
WPD 15.0 15.0

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

179
MHWW Chilled Water Performance Data

MHWW-36 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 33.8 25.9
7.2 SC 24.6 21.6
WPD 11.8 11.8
TC 34.6 26.5
8.0 SC 24.8 21.8
WPD 13.7 13.7
850 42
TC 35.4 27.0
9.0 SC 25.1 22.0
WPD 15.8 15.8
TC 36.0 27.5
10.0 SC 25.4 22.2
WPD 17.9 17.9

MHWW-36 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 31.1 23.7
7.2 SC 23.5 20.8
WPD 11.8 11.8
TC 31.8 24.3
8.0 SC 23.8 21.0
WPD 13.7 13.7
850 45
TC 32.4 24.8
9.0 SC 24.0 21.2
WPD 15.8 15.8
TC 33.0 25.2
10.0 SC 24.3 21.3
WPD 17.9 17.9

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

180
MHWW Hot Water Performance Data

MHWW-09 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.5 3.6 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 36.3 38.9
2.0 6.0 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 37.9 40.7
50 270
2.5 9.0 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 39.0 41.7
3.0 12.6 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9 39.7 42.5

MHWW-09 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.5 3.6 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 36.3
2.0 6.0 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 37.9
60 270
2.5 9.0 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 39.0
3.0 12.6 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9 39.7

MHWW-09 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.5 3.6 7.8 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7
2.0 6.0 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2
70 270
2.5 9.0 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2
3.0 12.6 8.5 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9

MHWW-09 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.5 3.6 5.2 7.8 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1
2.0 6.0 5.4. 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5
80 270
2.5 9.0 5.6 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4
3.0 12.6 5.7 8.5 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

181
MHWW Hot Water Performance Data

MHWW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.5 11.4 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 25.9 28.8 31.7 34.6 37.5 40.3 43.2
3.0 15.9 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 26.4 29.3 32.3 35.2 36.9 41.1 44.0
50 330
3.5 17.6 14.9 17.8 20.8 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.6 38.6 41.6 44.6
4.0 21.2 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 29.9 32.9 35.9 38.9 41.9 44.9

MHWW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.5 11.4 11.5 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 25.9 28.8 31.7 34.6 37.5 40.3
3.0 15.9 11.7 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 26.4 29.3 32.3 35.2 38.1 41.1
60 330
3.5 17.6 11.9 14.9 17.8 20.8 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.6 38.6 41.6
4.0 21.2 12.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 29.9 32.9 35.9 38.9 41.9

MHWW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.5 11.4 8.6 11.5 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 25.9 28.8 31.7 34.6 37.5
3.0 15.9 8.8 11.7 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 26.4 29.3 32.3 35.2 38.1
70 330
3.5 17.6 8.9 11.9 14.9 17.8 20.8 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.6 38.6
4.0 21.2 9.0 12.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 29.9 32.9 35.9 38.9

MHWW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.5 11.4 5.8 8.6 11.5 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 25.9 28.8 31.7 34.6
3.0 15.9 5.9 8.8 11.7 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 26.4 29.3 32.3 35.2
80 330
3.5 17.6 5.9 8.9 11.9 14.9 17.8 20.8 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.6
4.0 21.2 6.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 29.9 32.9 35.9

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

182
MHWW Hot Water Performance Data

MHWW-18 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 32.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 63.3 67.9
3.5 5.1 23.2 27.8 32.5 37.1 41.7 46.4 51.0 55.7 60.3 64.9 69.6
50 480
4.0 6.5 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4 66.1 70.9
4.5 8.1 23.9 28.7 33.5 38.3 43.1 47.9 52.7 57.5 62.3 67.1 71.8

MHWW-18 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 18.1 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 63.3
3.5 5.1 18.6 23.2 27.8 32.5 37.1 41.7 46.4 51.0 55.7 60.3 64.9
60 480
4.0 6.5 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4 66.1
4.5 8.1 19.2 23.9 28.7 33.5 38.3 43.1 47.9 52.7 57.5 62.3 67.1

MHWW-18 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 13.6 18.1 19.5 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8
3.5 5.1 13.9 18.6 23.2 27.8 32.5 37.1 41.7 46.4 51.0 55.7 60.3
70 480
4.0 6.5 14.2 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4
4.5 8.1 14.4 19.2 23.9 28.7 33.5 38.3 43.1 47.9 52.7 57.5 62.3

MHWW-18 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
3.0 3.8 9.0 13.6 18.1 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3
3.5 5.1 9.3 13.9 18.6 23.2 27.8 32.5 37.1 41.7 46.4 51.0 55.7
80 480
4.0 6.5 9.4 14.2 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7
4.5 8.1 9.6 14.4 19.2 23.9 28.7 33.5 38.3 43.1 47.9 52.7 57.5

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

183
MHWW Hot Water Performance Data

MHWW-24 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 8.3 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5 65.6 70.6 75.7
4.5 10.3 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46.0 51.2 56.3 61.4 66.5 71.6 76.7
50 600
5.0 12.6 25.9 31.0 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1 67.3 72.4 77.6
5.5 15.0 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47.0 52.2 57.5 62.7 67.9 73.1 78.4

MHWW-24 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 8.3 20.2 25.2 30.2 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5 65.6 70.6
4.5 10.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46.0 51.2 56.3 61.4 66.5 71.6
60 600
5.0 12.6 20.7 25.9 31.0 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1 67.3 72.4
5.5 15.0 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47.0 52.2 57.5 62.7 67.9 73.1

MHWW-24 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 8.3 15.1 20.2 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5 65.6
4.5 10.3 15.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46.0 51.2 56.3 61.4 66.5
70 600
5.0 12.6 15.5 20.7 25.9 31.0 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1 67.3
5.5 15.0 15.7 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47.0 52.2 57.5 62.7 67.9

MHWW-24 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
4.0 8.3 10.1 15.1 20.2 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5
4.5 10.3 10.2 15.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46.0 51.2 56.3 61.4
80 600
5.0 12.6 10.3 15.5 20.7 25.9 31.0 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1
5.5 15.0 10.4 15.7 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47.0 52.2 57.5 62.7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

184
MHWW Hot Water Performance Data

MHWW-36 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
6.5 11.8 39.7 47.7 55.6 63.6 71.5 79.5 87.4 95.4 103.3 111.3 119.2
7.0 13.7 40.1 48.1 56.2 64.2 72.2 80.2 88.3 96.3 104.3 112.3 120.3
50 850
7.5 15.8 40.5 48.5 56.6 64.7 72.8 80.9 89.0 97.1 105.2 113.3 121.4
8.0 17.9 40.8 48.9 57.1 65.2 73.4 81.5 89.7 97.8 106.0 114.1 122.3

MHWW-36 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
6.5 11.8 31.8 39.7 47.7 55.6 63.6 71.5 79.5 87.4 95.4 103.3 111.3
7.0 13.7 32.1 40.1 48.1 56.2 64.2 72.2 80.2 88.3 96.3 104.3 112.3
60 850
7.5 15.8 32.4 40.5 48.5 56.6 64.7 72.8 80.9 89.0 97.1 105.2 113.3
8.0 17.9 32.6 40.8 48.9 57.1 65.2 73.4 81.5 89.7 97.8 106.0 114.1

MHWW-36 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
6.5 11.8 23.8 31.8 39.7 47.7 55.6 63.6 71.5 79.5 87.4 95.4 103.3
7.0 13.7 24.1 32.1 40.1 48.1 56.2 64.2 72.2 80.2 88.3 96.3 104.3
70 850
7.5 15.8 24.3 32.4 40.5 48.5 56.6 64.7 72.8 80.9 89.0 97.1 105.2
8.0 17.9 24.5 32.6 40.8 48.9 57.1 65.2 73.4 81.5 89.7 97.8 106.0

MHWW-36 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
6.5 11.8 15.9 23.8 31.8 39.7 47.7 55.6 63.6 71.5 79.5 87.4 95.4
7.0 13.7 16.0 24.1 32.1 40.1 48.1 56.2 64.2 72.2 80.2 88.3 96.3
80 850
7.5 15.8 16.2 24.3 32.4 40.5 48.5 56.6 64.7 72.8 80.9 89.0 97.1
8.0 17.9 16.3 24.5 32.6 40.8 48.9 57.1 65.2 73.4 81.5 89.7 97.8

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

185
MHWW Capacity and Glycol Adjustments

CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS


MODEL # MHWW-09 MHWW-12 MHWW-18 MHWW-24 MHWW-36
CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC
200 0.91 0.88
225 0.93 0.90
250 0.96 0.93 0.92 0.86
275 0.94 0.89
300 0.96 0.92
325 0.98 0.95
350
375 0.90 0.86
400 0.92 0.88
425 0.94 0.90
450 0.96 0.93 0.86 0.84
500 0.88 0.85
525 0.91 0.88
550 0.94 0.91
575 0.98 0.94
600
650
675 0.82 0.80
700 0.85 0.82
725 0.88 0.85
750 0.91 0.88
775 0.93 0.90
800 0.96 0.93
825 0.98 0.95

Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors


Propylene Capacity GPM Adjustment =
Ambient
Glycol % Reduction 100% Capacity
Temp
26° F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01
20° F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03
8° F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07
-5° F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11
-28° F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16

Example:
30% Propylene Glycol Solution.
System capacity x 0.98
GPM x 1.07

These specifications are subject to change without notice

186
187
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000-36,000 BTUH

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL horizontal configuration only. See figure 2


Read the entire contents of this manual for fan coil and mounting plate dimensions.
before beginning installation. Multiaqua
assumes no responsibility for equipment
installed contradictory to any code
requirement or installation instructions.
The components of this fan coil have
been inspected at the factory and readied
for shipment. Upon receiving the
shipment a visual inspection of the
packaging must be performed. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
If any damage to the packaging is MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (lbs)
discovered, an inspection of the MHWW-09-H-1 25.70
components must be performed and MHWW-12-H-1 27.50
noted on the delivery documents. If MHWW-18-H-1 44.40
component damage is found, a damage MHWW-24-H-1 46.20
claim must be filed by the receiving party MHWW-36-H-1 50.50
against the delivery party immediately.
This product is designed and Figure 1
manufactured to permit installation in
accordance with national codes. It is the
installer’s responsibility to install the
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the
structural integrity of the supporting
members, clearances and provisions for
servicing, power supply, coil connections
and/or condensate removal. Before the
installation, ensure the structural strength
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the
fan coils.
This unit is designed to be installed in a

188
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000-36,000 BTUH

FAN COIL AND MOUNTING PLATE DIMENSIONS (in)


K L
Fan Coil Model Field Field
A B C D E F G H I J
Number Supplied Supplied
Hole Hole
MHWW-09 34.6 11.7 7.5 7.5 3.5 2.7 1.6 0.8 1.8 0.8 2.8 2.8
MHWW-12 39.0 12.0 7.5 7.5 3.6 2.7 1.5 1.1 1.7 1.0 2.8 2.8
MHWW-18 46.0 14.2 3.8 3.8 6.1 2.4 2.4 1.7 2.4 1.8 2.8 2.8
MHWW-24 46.0 14.2 3.8 3.8 6.1 2.4 2.4 1.7 2.4 1.8 2.8 2.8
MHWW-36 57.1 14.4 4.0 4.0 6.1 2.8 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.8 2.8 2.8

C
D

B Mounting Plate

H G I J
E F
L
K

Figure 2

189
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING THE MOUNTING
Figure 3
PLATE

1. After a suitable place for installation


has been selected, place the mounting
plate horizontally on the wall. Make sure
the alignment is horizontal. Use a plumb
line if available. Mark on the wall where
the mounting holes will be drilled.

Figure 3

2. Drill the holes for the type of


mounting hardware to be used. Check
local building codes for correct mounting
hardware. Secure the mounting plate and
check for stiffness. Figure 4

3 Drill a diagonal piping access hole (2


.75”) in diameter on both sides of the
mounting bracket. Refer to figure 2 for
field supplied hole locations

Figure 4

4. Check local and national codes for


piping access wall penetrations. See
figure 5 if wall sleeves are required.

Figure 5
Figure 5

190
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL
UNIT ONTO MOUNTING
PLATE

1. Route the fan coil piping,


electrical, valve control wires
and/or flexible drain hose through
either of the 2.75” previously Figure 6
drilled holes in step 3 figure 4.
Ensure that the piping is insulated
per local and national codes.
Improper insulation could result
in voided warranty and/or
building damage.

Figure 6

2. There is a piping channel in the


bottom portion of the back of the
units for crossover piping, drain,
valve control or electrical. Figure 7

Figure 7

3. Figure 8 depicts (from the


back of the unit) the 24 vac valve
control wires on the left and the
220 vac power cord on the right.
These can be routed to either the
right or left hand side of the fan
coil.
Figure 8

Figure 8

191
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT
ONTO MOUNTING PLATE

4. Ensure that the drain tubing is


installed with at least 1/4” per foot
of downward slope.

5. Secure the fan coil to the mounting Figure 9


plate by first sliding the fan coil onto
the two notches provided on the
mounting plate.
Figure 9 & 10

6. Push the bottom of the fan coil


towards the wall in order to engage the
locking clips.
Figure 11

7. Connect the liquid solution piping


“flared fittings” and pressure test lines
to make sure there are no leaks.

8. Connect the condensate drain hose. Figure 10


Make certain that the drain has no traps
or dips in the line that would impede
drainage.

9. Carefully seal any wall penetrations


per local and national codes.

Figure 11

192
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
REMOVING THE FAN COIL
COVER AND AIR PURGING
THE LIQUID SOLUTION
COIL.

1. Fold up the filter cover and remove


the three screw covers and screws that
are located below the discharge air
grille. Remove the one screw located Figure 12
between the two filter racks.

Figure 12

2. Grasp the bottom, sides of the cover


and pull outward.

Figure 13

3. After fan coil and piping has


been pressurized and the fan coil and
piping has no indication of leaks, fill
the system with liquid solution.
Figure 13
4. Energize the control valve to
allow the coil to fill up with liquid
solution.

5. Open the purging valve by using


a standard screw driver and support
fitting with a wrench. Ensure that any
water that discharges from the purging
valve does not come in contact with
the electrical components.

Figure 14
Figure 14
6. When air purging is complete,
close off the purging valve and check
for leaks.

193
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


Wireless Control: Standard Control Package (Page 195)

Optional Wired Control: EG-003 (Page 200)

194
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE

Wireless Control:
Name and function of remote controller

Note:
• Be sure there are no obstructions between receiver and remote controller.
• The remote control signal can be received at the distance of up to about 21 feet.
• Do not throw or drop the remote controller.
• Do not put any liquid in the remote controller and do not put it in direct sunlight
or any place where it is very hot.
• Remove batteries when the remote controller is not in use for extended periods of
time.
• The remote controller should be placed 3 or more feet away from any electric
appliance.

LED MODE INDICATOR FOR REMOTE CONTROLLER:

INDICATOR REMOTE
LIGHTS SETTING FUNCTION
RED-GREEN COOL COOLING OPERATION ONLY
RED-OFF DRY HUMIDITY CONTROL, WATER FLOW, NO FAN
RED-RED HEAT HEATING OPERATION ONLY
RED-OFF FAN FAN OPERATION ONLY
RED-BLINKING AUTO AUTO SELECTION BETWEEN HEAT & COOL
DEPENDENT ON ROOM TEMP & SET TEMP
RED-ORANGE ALERT FAN COIL WAITING FOR EWT TO REACH PROPER
TEMPERATURE NECESSARY TO SATISFY SET POINT

195
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


FUNCTION
1. TRANSMISSION SOURCE
- Infra red transmission source

2. POWER
- Press to turn the fan coil on and off or vice versa.
(Red LED left will light to indicate the control is on)

3. MODE
- To select desired operation mode.
It will switch from one to another as shown.
COOL - Cooling operation.
DRY - Humidity control.
HEAT - Heating operation.
FAN - Fan only. No cooling or heating capability.
AUTO - Operation mode will be selected automatically between HEAT and
COOL mode, depending upon the room temperature and SET temperature.

4. FAN
- To select fan speed. It will switch from one to another as shown below.
- When the system temperature sensor is not calling for cool or heat the fan will
run at the speed previously entered in fan mode selection (high, medium or low).
- If auto was the previously entered fan speed in cooling: The fan will run at low
speed until the temperature sensor calls for either heating or cooling at which
point the fan will return to auto speed control

Fan speed sequence

196
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


FUNCTION
5. TEMPERATURE SETTING
- Press “▲” to increase set temperature.
- Press “▼” to decrease set temperature.
- Press “▲” and “▼” Simultaneously to toggle between °C and °F display mode.
- Temperature range: 16°C to 30°C in °C display mode and 60°F to 86°F in °F
display mode.

6. DELAY TIMER SETTING


- The delay timer is capable of delaying both on and off functions. The delay
feature will take affect in all modes with the exception of the sleep mode. Each
time the “▲” and “▼” is pressed it increases or decreases the On or OFF set
point by 1 hour; up to a maximum of 18 hours.
To set the OFF DELAY:
-With the system in operation, enter the system OFF time by pressing the “▲”
button to the desired number of hours ahead that the system will be allowed to
run. When the number of hours entered has elapsed the system will turn off.

To set the ON DELAY:


- Set the on delay by entering the desired mode of operation (fan, heat, cool and
the appropriate temperature. This will be the settings the system will follow
when operation resumes. After setting the mode and any applicable
temperature with the control, turn the remote off. Now enter the number of
hours to elapse before operation resumes by pressing the “▲” button on the
remote to the desired number. When the time (in hours) entered has elapsed,
the system will resume operation according to the pre-set mode and
temperature.

197
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


7. CANCEL
- To cancel any setting on the delay timer.
8. LOUVER
- Two different functions are available:
1. To set the louver stop position. There are 4 angles available. The sequence is as
follows.

2. To set the louver swing (continuous motion). The sequence is as follows.

9. SLEEP
- This function when selected will allow the user to determine a “sleep” period. In
cooling the selected temperature will rise to 1° above set point in 1/2 hour,
rising to 2° in 1 hour, rising again to 4° after 2 hours of the SLEEP CYCLE.

SLEEP FUNCTION DISPLAY


10. DRY
- This function operates to control humidity within a conditioned space. It
measures the difference between set point and the actual room temperature.
An algorithm determines how far above set point the actual room temperature is
to set point temperature and selects periods of water valve operation and low fan
operation. The greater the difference between room temperature and set point
temperature prompts greater run time with less temperature. With less
temperature differences, periods of fan and valve operation are called for in
varying increments as determined by the difference. In this mode (low speed) fan
operation will start 30 seconds after valve has opened and stops 30 seconds after
valve has closed.

198
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


11. AUTO
- This function will automatically control the system switching between heating and
cooling operation. If the preset auto mode is cooling, a switch to heating
operation will begin only if the actual room temperature is 7° below selected
control set point. If the present auto mode is heating, a switch to cooling operation
will begin only when the room temperature is 3° above selected control set point.

12. TRANSMISSION INDICATOR


- Blinks twice to indicate that transmission has taken place between remote and
receiver.
- Beeps indicate fan coil acknowledging receipt of transmission.

TRANSMISSION INDICATOR

13. HOW TO INSERT BATTERIES


1. Remove the battery cover from the back of the remote.
2. Insert the (2) AAA batteries. Ensure that the polarity of the batteries are as shown
inside of the battery compartment.
3. Re-attach the battery compartment cover.

199
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


Optional Wired Control: EG-003
LED MODE INDICATOR FOR REMOTE CONTROLLER:
INDICATOR LIGHTS SETTING FUNCTION
RED-GREEN COOL COOLING OPERATION ONLY
RED-RED HEAT HEATING OPERATION ONLY
RED-BLINKING AUTO AUTO SELECTION BETWEEN HEAT & COOL
RED-OFF FAN FAN OPERATION ONLY

1. POWER
- Press to turn the fan coil on and off or vice versa.
2. MODE
- To select desired operation mode.
It will switch from one to another as shown.
COOL - Cooling operation.
HEAT - Heating operation.
FAN - Fan only. No cooling or heating capability.
AUTO - Operation mode will be selected automatically between HEAT and
COOL mode depending upon the room temperature and SET temperature.

3. FAN
- To select fan speed. It will switch from one to another as shown below.
- When the system temperature sensor is not calling for cool or heat the fan will run at
the speed previously entered in fan mode selection (high, medium or low).
- If auto was the previously entered fan speed in cooling: The fan will run at low speed
until the temperature sensor calls for either heating or cooling at this point the fan
will return to auto speed control

Fan Speed Sequence

200
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


FUNCTION
4. TEMPERATURE SETTING
- Press “▲” to increase set temperature.
- Press “▼” to decrease set temperature.
- Press “▲” and “▼” Simultaneously to toggle between °C and °F display mode.
- Temperature range: 16° C to 30°C in °C display mode and 60°F to 86°F in °F
display mode.

5. CANCEL
- To cancel any setting on the delay timer.
6. LOUVER
- Two different functions are available:
1. To set the louver stop position. There are 4 angles available. The sequence is as follows.

2. To set the louver swing (continuous motion). The sequence is as follows.

7. AUTO
- This function will automatically control the system switching between heating and
cooling operation. If the present auto mode is cooling, a switch to heating
operation will begin only if the actual room temperature is 7° below selected
control set point. If the present auto mode is heating, a switch to cooling operation
will begin only when the room temperature is 3° above selected control set point.

201
MHWW-09-H-1 & MHWW-12-H-1 Wiring Diagram
208/230/-1-50/60

202
MHWW-18-H-1 Wiring Diagram
208/230/-1-50/60

203
MHWW-24-H-1 Wiring Diagram
208/230/-1-50/60

204
MHWW-36-H-1 Wiring Diagram
208/230/-1-50/60

205
MHWW CERTIFIED DRAWING

206
CFFWA Chilled/Hot Water
Universal Mount Fan Coil
2-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 12,000 - 60,000 BTUH

207
CFFWA NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
2-Pipe Heat/Cool Universal Mount Fan Coil

CFFWA- XX - 1 - U

Control Option
24 vac Ready
2-Pipe Heat/Cool
Voltage
1=208/230/-1-50/60

Nominal CFM
04=400
06=600
08=800
12=1200
16=1600
20=2000

Available Model Numbers

CFFWA-04-1-U
CFFWA-06-1-U
CFFWA-08-1-U
CFFWA-12-1-U
CFFWA-16-1-U
CFFWA-20-1-U

208
HVAC Guide Specifications
Chilled and Hot Water Universal Mount Fan Coil
2-Pipe

Nominal Size:
12,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


CFFWA-04-1-U
CFFWA-06-1-U
CFFWA-08-1-U
CFFWA-12-1-U
CFFWA-16-1-U
CFFWA-20-1-U
Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with galvanized steel and high impact molded polymers.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested chilled and hot water fan coil.
2. Shall be assembled with high quality.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of high impact polymers.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac.
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Internal overload protected.
4. Unit shall contain a swing motor to modulate the discharge air.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are tangential and dynamically balanced.
E. Water Coil:
1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8” copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum
fins.
2. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
F. Drain Pan:
1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to
resist corrosion.
2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation.
3. Pans shall contain a drain tubing that is accessible from the back, bottom and side of the unit.

209
G. Filters:
1. Unit shall contain 65% washable filters.

Part 3-Controls and Safeties


3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. Unit shall include a terminal block that is capable of incorporating a 24 vac thermostat.
C. Controls shall be capable of incorporating an optional hard-wired thermostat.

3.02 Safeties:
A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer.
Part 4-Operating Characteristics:
4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Electrical shall include a terminal block.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.

210
CFFWA Product Specifications

Physical Data
Cooling Water Water
Height Length Depth Weight Rows Inlet Outlet Drain
Model Number (in) (in) (in) (lbs) FPI (in) (in) (in)
CFFWA-04-1-U 25.27 40.31 9.01 79.37 2-13 1/2 1/2 1/2
CFFWA-06-1-U 25.27 40.31 9.01 83.77 3-13 1/2 1/2 1/2
CFFWA-08-1-U 25.27 40.31 9.01 88.18 4-13 1/2 1/2 1/2
CFFWA-12-1-U 25.27 52.13 9.01 116.84 3-13 3/4 3/4 1/2
CFFWA-16-1-U 25.27 75.78 9.01 158.73 3-14 3/4 3/4 1/2
CFFWA-20-1-U 25.27 75.78 9.01 163.14 4-14 1 1 1/2

Electrical Data
Fuse or HACR
Volts/ Circuit Breaker Per
Motor Full Load
Model Number Phase/ Circuit
CFM HP Ampacity
Hertz Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps

CFFWA-04-1-U 436 1/15 0.56 .70 2

CFFWA-06-1-U 520 1/15 0.56 .70 2


208/230-1-50/60

CFFWA-08-1-U 650 1/8 0.83 1.04 3

1/8 &
CFFWA-12-1-U 735 2.09 2.49 4
1/20
1/8 &
CFFWA-16-1-U 1360 3.18 3.59 5
1/8
1/8 &
CFFWA-20-1-U 1335 3.18 3.59 5
1/8

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

211
CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data
CFFWA-04 COOLING CAPACITIES
EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 10.5 8.0
1.5 SC 7.9 7.0
WPD 3.6 3.6
TC 11.8 9.0
2.0 SC 8.4 7.4
WPD 6.0 6.0
436 42
TC 12.7 9.7
2.5 SC 8.7 7.6
WPD 9.0 9.0
TC 13.3 10.2
3.0 SC 9.0 7.8
WPD 12.6 12.6

CFFWA-04 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 9.6 7.3
1.5 SC 7.6 6.7
WPD 3.6 3.6
TC 10.8 8.3
2.0 SC 8.1 7.1
WPD 6.0 6.0
436 45
TC 11.6 8.9
2.5 SC 8.3 7.3
WPD 9.0 9.0
TC 12.2 9.3
3.0 SC 8.6 7.5
WPD 12.6 12.6

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

212
CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data
CFFWA-06 COOLING CAPACITIES
EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 18.4 14.1
3.0 SC 13.0 11.4
WPD 14.7 14.7
TC 19.2 14.7
3.5 SC 13.3 11.6
WPD 19.3 19.3
520 42
TC 19.9 15.2
4.0 SC 13.6 11.8
WPD 24.3 24.3
TC 20.3 15.5
4.5 SC 13.7 11.9
WPD 29.9 29.9

CFFWA-06 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 16.9 12.9
3.0 SC 12.4 10.9
WPD 14.7 14.7
TC 17.6 13.5
3.5 SC 12.7 11.1
WPD 19.3 19.3
520 45
TC 18.2 13.9
4.0 SC 12.9 11.3
WPD 24.3 24.3
TC 18.6 14.2
4.5 SC 13.1 11.4
WPD 29.9 29.9

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

213
CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data

CFFWA-08 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 23.0 17.6
4.0 SC 16.0 14.0
WPD 8.3 8.3
TC 23.8 18.2
4.5 SC 16.3 14.2
WPD 10.3 10.3
650 42
TC 24.5 18.7
5.0 SC 16.6 14.4
WPD 12.6 12.6
TC 25.0 19.1
5.5 SC 16.8 14.6
WPD 15.0 15.0

CFFWA-08 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 21.1 16.1
4.0 SC 15.3 13.4
WPD 8.3 8.3
TC 21.8 16.7
4.5 SC 15.6 13.6
WPD 10.3 10.3
650 45
TC 22.4 17.1
5.0 SC 15.8 13.8
WPD 12.6 12.6
TC 23.0 17.5
5.5 SC 16.0 13.9
WPD 15.0 15.0

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

214
CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data

CFFWA-12 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 37.6 28.7
6.5 SC 26.8 23.4
WPD 12.3 12.3
TC 38.5 29.4
7.0 SC 27.1 23.7
WPD 14.1 14.1
735 42
TC 39.3 30.0
7.5 SC 27.4 23.9
WPD 16.1 16.1
TC 40.0 30.5
8.0 SC 27.7 24.1
WPD 18.2 18.2

CFFWA-12 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 34.5 26.4
6.5 SC 25.6 22.5
WPD 12.3 12.3
TC 35.3 27.0
7.0 SC 25.9 22.7
WPD 14.1 14.1
735 45
TC 36.0 27.5
7.5 SC 26.2 23.0
WPD 16.1 16.1
TC 36.7 28.0
8.0 SC 26.4 23.2
WPD 18.2 18.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

215
CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data

CFFWA-16 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 49.8 38.0
9.0 SC 34.8 30.4
WPD 26.0 26.0
TC 50.5 38.6
9.5 SC 35.1 30.6
WPD 28.8 28.8
1360 42
TC 51.1 39.0
10.0 SC 35.3 30.8
WPD 31.8 31.8
TC 51.7 39.5
10.5 SC 35.5 31.0
WPD 34.9 34.9

CFFWA-16 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 45.7 34.9
9.0 SC 33.3 29.2
WPD 26.0 26.0
TC 46.3 35.4
9.5 SC 33.5 29.4
WPD 28.8 28.8
1360 45
TC 46.9 35.8
10.0 SC 33.8 29.6
WPD 31.8 31.8
TC 47.4 36.2
10.5 SC 33.9 29.7
WPD 34.9 34.9

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

216
CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data

CFFWA-20 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 52.2 39.8
11.0 SC 34.6 30.1
WPD 13.8 13.8
TC 52.7 40.3
11.5 SC 34.8 30.2
WPD 15.0 15.0
1335 42
TC 53.3 40.7
12.0 SC 35.0 30.4
WPD 16.3 16.3
TC 53.8 41.1
12.5 SC 35.2 30.5
WPD 17.6 17.6

CFFWA-20 COOLING CAPACITIES


EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F)
CFM
(°F) 80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 75° D.B. / 63° W.B.
TC 47.9 36.5
11.0 SC 32.9 28.8
WPD 13.8 13.8
TC 48.4 37.0
11.5 SC 33.1 28.9
WPD 15.0 15.0
1335 45
TC 48.9 37.3
12.0 SC 33.3 29.1
WPD 16.3 16.3
TC 49.4 37.7
12.5 SC 33.5 29.2
WPD 17.6 17.6

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

217
CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data

CFFWA-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
1.5 3.6 13 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7
2 6 13.6 16.3 19 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2
50 436
2.5 9 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2
3 12.6 14.2 17 19.9 22.7 25.2 28.4 31.2 34 36.9

CFFWA-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
1.5 3.6 10.4 13 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1
2 6 10.8 13.6 16.3 19 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5
60 436
2.5 9 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25 27.8 30.6 33.4
3 12.6 11.5 14.4 17.2 20.1 23 25.9 28.7 31.6 34.5

CFFWA-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
1.5 3.6 7.8 10.4 13 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5
2 6 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8
70 436
2.5 9 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25 27.8 30.6
3 12.6 8.5 11.3 14.2 17 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2

CFFWA-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
1.5 3.6 5.2 7.8 10.4 13 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9
2 6 5.4 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19 21.7 24.4 27.1
80 436
2.5 9 5.6 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25 27.8
3 12.6 5.7 8.5 11.3 14.2 17 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

218
CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data

CFFWA-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
3 14.7 20.9 25 29.2 33.4 37.5 41.7 45.9 50.1 54.2
3.5 19.3 21.2 25.5 29.7 33.9 38.2 42.4 46.7 50.9 55.2
50 520
4 24.3 21.5 25.7 30 34.3 38.6 42.9 47.2 51.5 55.8
4.5 29.9 21.6 25.9 30.2 34.5 38.9 43.2 47.5 51.8 56.1

CFFWA-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
3 14.7 16.7 20.9 25 29.2 33.4 37.5 41.7 45.9 50.1
3.5 19.3 17 21.2 25.5 29.7 33.9 38.2 42.4 46.7 50.9
60 520
4 24.3 17.2 21.5 25.7 30 34.3 38.6 42.9 47.2 51.5
4.5 29.9 17.3 21.6 25.9 30.2 34.5 38.9 43.2 47.5 51.8

CFFWA-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
3 14.7 12.5 16.7 20.9 25 29.2 33.4 37.5 41.7 45.9
3.5 19.3 12.7 17 21.2 25.5 29.7 33.9 38.2 42.4 46.7
70 520
4 24.3 12.9 17.2 21.5 25.7 30 34.3 38.6 42.9 47.2
4.5 29.9 13 17.3 21.6 25.9 30.2 34.5 38.9 43.2 47.5

CFFWA-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
3 14.7 8.3 12.5 16.7 20.9 25 29.2 33.4 37.5 41.7
3.5 19.3 8.5 12.7 17 21.2 25.5 29.7 33.9 38.2 42.4
80 520
4 24.3 8.6 12.9 17.2 21.5 25.7 30 34.3 38.6 42.9
4.5 29.9 8.7 13 17.3 21.6 25.9 30.2 34.5 38.9 43.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

219
CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data

CFFWA-08 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
4 8.3 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5 65.6
4.5 10.3 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46 51.2 56.3 61.4 66.5
50 650
5 12.6 25.9 31 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1 67.3
5.5 15 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47 52.2 57.5 62.7 67.9

CFFWA-08 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
4 8.3 20.2 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5
4.5 10.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46 51.2 56.3 61.4
60 650
5 12.6 20.7 25.9 31 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1
5.5 15 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47 52.2 57.5 62.7

CFFWA-08 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
4 8.3 15.1 20.2 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5
4.5 10.3 15.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46 51.2 56.3
70 650
5 12.6 15.5 20.7 25.9 31 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9
5.5 15 15.7 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47 52.2 57.5

CFFWA-08 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
4 8.3 10.1 15.1 20.2 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4
4.5 10.3 10.2 15.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46 51.2
80 650
5 12.6 10.3 15.5 20.7 25.9 31 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7
5.5 15 10.4 15.7 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47 52.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

220
CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data

CFFWA-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
6.5 12.3 42.3 50.7 59.2 67.7 76.1 84.6 93 101.5 109.9
7 14.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 102.4 111
50 735
7.5 16.1 43 51.6 60.2 68.8 77.5 86.1 94.7 103.3 111.9
8 18.2 43.3 52 60.7 69.4 78 86.7 95.4 104 112.7

CFFWA-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
6.5 12.3 33.8 42.3 50.7 59.2 67.7 76.1 84.6 93 101.5
7 14.1 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 84.5 93.9 102.4
60 735
7.5 16.1 34.4 43 51.6 60.2 68.8 77.5 86.1 94.7 103.3
8 18.2 34.7 43.3 52 60.7 69.4 78 86.7 95.4 104

CFFWA-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
6.5 12.3 25.4 33.8 42.3 50.7 59.2 67.7 76.1 84.6 93
7 14.1 25.6 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9
70 735
7.5 16.1 25.8 34.4 43 51.6 60.2 68.8 77.5 86.1 94.7
8 18.2 26 34.7 43.3 52 60.7 69.4 78 86.7 95.4

CFFWA-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
6.5 12.3 16.9 25.4 33.8 42.3 50.7 59.2 67.7 76.1 84.6
7 14.1 17.1 25.6 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4
80 735
7.5 16.1 17.2 25.8 34.4 43 51.6 60.2 68.8 77.5 86.1
8 18.2 17.3 26 34.7 43.3 52 60.7 69.4 78 86.7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

221
CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data

CFFWA-16 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
9 26 54.5 65.5 76.4 87.3 98.2 109.1 120 130.9 141.8
9.5 28.8 54.9 65.8 76.8 87.8 98.8 109.7 120.7 131.7 142.6
50 1360
10 31.8 55.1 66.2 77.2 34.9 99.3 110.3 121.3 132.3 143.4
10.5 34.9 55.4 66.5 77.5 88.6 99.7 110.8 121.8 132.9 144

CFFWA-16 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
9 26 43.6 54.5 65.5 76.4 87.3 98.2 109.1 120 130.9
9.5 28.8 43.9 54.9 65.8 76.8 87.8 98.8 109.7 120.7 131.7
60 1360
10 31.8 44.1 55.1 66.2 77.2 88.2 99.3 110.3 121.3 132.3
10.5 34.9 44.3 55.4 66.5 77.5 88.6 99.7 110.8 121.8 132.9

CFFWA-16 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
9 16 32.7 43.6 54.5 65.5 76.4 87.3 98.2 109.1 120
9.5 28.8 32.9 43.9 54.9 65.8 76.8 87.8 98.8 109.7 120.7
70 1360
10 31.8 33.1 44.1 55.1 66.2 77.2 88.2 99.3 110.3 121.3
10.5 34.9 33.2 44.3 55.4 66.5 77.5 88.6 99.7 110.8 121.8

CFFWA-16 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
9 26 21.8 32.7 43.6 54.5 65.5 76.4 87.3 98.2 109.1
9.5 28.8 21.9 33.9 43.9 54.9 65.8 76.8 87.8 98.8 109.7
80 1360
10 31.8 22.1 33.1 44.1 55.1 66.2 77.2 88.2 99.3 110.3
10.5 34.9 22.2 33.2 44.3 55.4 66.5 77.5 88.6 99.7 110.8

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

222
CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data

CFFWA-20 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
11 13.8 51.9 62.3 72.7 83 93.4 103.8 114.2 124.6 134.9
11.5 15 52.1 62.6 73 83.4 93.8 104.3 114.7 125.1 135.5
50 1335
12 16.3 52.3 62.8 73.3 83.8 94.2 104.7 115.2 125.6 136.1
12.5 17.6 52.5 63 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.1 115.6 126.1 136.6

CFFWA-20 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
11 13.8 41.5 51.9 62.3 72.7 83 93.4 103.8 114.2 124.6
11.5 15 41.7 52.1 62.6 73 83.4 93.8 104.3 114.7 125.1
60 1335
12 16.3 41.9 52.3 62.8 73.3 83.8 94.2 104.7 115.2 125.6
12.5 17.6 42 52.5 63 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.1 115.6 126.1

CFFWA-20 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
11 13.8 31.1 41.5 51.9 62.3 72.7 83 93.4 103.8 114.2
11.5 15 31.3 41.7 52.1 62.6 73 83.4 93.8 104.3 114.7
70 1335
12 16.3 31.4 41.9 52.3 62.8 73.3 83.8 94.2 104.2 115.2
12.5 17.6 31.5 42 52.5 63 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.1 115.6

CFFWA-20 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
11 13.8 20.8 31.1 41.5 51.9 62.3 72.7 83 93.4 103.8
11.5 15 20.9 31.3 41.7 52.1 62.6 73 83.4 93.8 104.3
80 1335
12 16.3 20.9 31.4 41.9 52.3 62.8 73.3 83.8 94.2 104.7
12.5 17.6 21 31.5 42 52.5 63 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.1

These specifications are subject to change without notice.


223
223
CFFWA CFM and Glycol Adjustments
CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS
MODEL # CFFWA-04 CFFWA-06 CFFWA-08 CFFWA-12 CFFWA-16 CFFWA-20
CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC
325 0.88 0.84
350 0.90 0.86
375 0.92 0.88
400 0.95 0.90 0.91 0.87
425 0.98 0.92 0.93 0.89
450 0.95 0.91
500 0.98 0.93 0.87 0.84
525 0.89 0.86
550 0.92 0.88
575 0.94 0.90 0.88 0.82
600 0.96 0.92 0.90 0.84
625 0.98 0.94 0.92 0.86
650 0.94 0.89
675 0.96 0.91
700 0.98 0.93
1025
1050 0.77 0.73
1075 0.76 0.72 0.79 0.75
1100 0.78 0.74 0.81 0.77
1125 0.80 0.76 0.83 0.79
1150 0.82 0.78 0.85 0.81
1175 0.84 0.80 0.87 0.83
1200 0.86 0.82 0.89 0.85
1225 0.88 0.84 0.91 0.87
1250 0.91 0.87 0.93 0.89
1275 0.93 0.89 0.95 0.91
1300 0.95 0.91 0.97 0.93
1325 0.97 0.93 0.99 0.95
1350 0.99 0.95 1.00 1.00

Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors


Propylene Capacity GPM Adjustment =
Ambient
Glycol % Reduction 100% Capacity
Temp
26° F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01
20° F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03
8° F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07
-5° F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11
-28° F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16

Example:
30% Propylene Glycol Solution.
System capacity x 0.98
GPM x 1.07
These specifications are subject to change without notice

224
225
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coils
12,000-60,000 BTUH

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL horizontal or vertical configuration. Fan coil


Read the entire contents of this manual can be mounted on a wall or ceiling. See
before beginning installation. Multiaqua figure 2 for fan coil and mounting bracket
assumes no responsibility for equipment dimensions.
installed contradictory to any code
requirement or installation instructions.
The components of this fan coil have
been inspected at the factory and readied
for shipment. Upon receiving the
shipment a visual inspection of the FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
packaging must be performed. MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (lbs)
If any damage to the packaging is CFFWA-04-1-U 79.37
discovered, an inspection of the CFFWA-06-1-U 83.77
components must be performed and CFFWA-08-1-U 88.18
noted on the delivery documents. If CFFWA-12-1-U 116.84
component damage is found a damage CFFWA-16-1-U 158.73
claim must be filed by the receiving party
CFFWA-20-1-U 163.14
against the delivery party immediately.
This product is designed and
manufactured to permit installation in Figure 1
accordance with national codes. It is the
installer’s responsibility to install the
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the
structural integrity of the supporting
members, clearances and provisions for
servicing, power supply, coil connections
and/or condensate removal. Before the
installation ensure the structural strength
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the
fan coils.
This unit is designed to be installed in a

226
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coil
12,000-60,000 BTUH

CFFWA Mounting Bracket


Dimensions (in)
Model Number A B
CFFWA-04-1-U 36.49 13.00
CFFWA-06-1-U 36.49 13.00
CFFWA-08-1-U 36.49 13.00
CFFWA-12-1-U 48.30 13.00
CFFWA-16-1-U 71.97 13.00
CFFWA-20-1-U 71.97 13.00

BACK
B typ

Figure 2

227
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coils
12,000 – 60,000 BTUH

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING THE MOUNTING
BRACKETS AND UNIT
Figure 3
1. The unit should be installed for
horizontal and vertical discharge
applications only.

2. Select position for unit and define


direction of water pipe, drain and
electrical wiring. Access to the above can
be obtained from the right hand side
bottom, back and side. See page 229 for
access dimensions.

Figure 3, 4 and 5

3. Remove mounting brackets from both Figure 4


sides of unit.

Figure 6

4. Prepare mounting bolts for mounting


unit under ceiling or on a wall at the
distance provided in figure 2.

5. Select a location that permits even air


flow throughout the room.

6. Select a location that has enough


service space when the unit is mounted
under the ceiling or on the wall
Figure 5

228
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coils
12,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Piping Locations

229
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coils
12,000 – 60,000 BTUH

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING THE MOUNTING
BRACKETS AND UNIT
Figure 6
7. Carefully place fan coil into place and
align mounting holes in fan coil to the
holes in the mounting bracket. Typical
both sides.
Figure 6

8. Connections to the indoor unit are


flared connections for both the inlet and
outlet to the fan coil.

Figure 7

9. Ensure tubing and fittings are in line


with another before tightening nut to
allow concentric seating of tube onto Figure 7
flare nut as to prevent leakage.

10. Insulate both the inlet and outlet


liquid solution lines to prevent
condensation leakage.

11. Connect the field drain line to the


clear drain tubing provided on the drain
pan of the fan coil. Ensure the drain line
has a ¼” of fall per foot. Insulate the
condensate drain line to prevent
sweating.

Figure 8

230
CFFWA-xx-1-U Wiring Diagram
208/230/-1-50/60

231
CFFWA CERTIFIED DRAWING

232
CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil
With or Without Electric Heat
2-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 18,000 - 60,000 BTUH

233
CWA2 NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
2-Pipe Heat/Cool with Electric Heat Multiposition Fan Coil

xx- CWA2- xx
KW Electric Heat
Nominal BTUH 00 = 0KW
18 = 18,000 05 = 5KW
24 = 24,000 08 = 8KW
36 = 36,000 10 = 10KW
48 = 48,000 15 = 15KW
60 = 60,000 20 = 20KW
2-Pipe Heat/Cool W/ Electric Heat

Note:
The CWA2 is only available in 208/230-1-60
Available Model Numbers

18CWA2-00 18CWA2-05 18CWA2-08 18CWA2-10 18CWA2-15


24CWA2-00 24CWA2-05 24CWA2-08 24CWA2-10 24CWA2-15
36CWA2-00 36CWA2-05 36CWA2-08 36CWA2-10 36CWA2-15
48CWA2-00 48CWA2-05 48CWA2-08 48CWA2-10 48CWA2-15
60CWA2-00 60CWA2-05 60CWA2-08 60CWA2-10 60CWA2-15

234
HVAC Guide Specifications
Chilled/ Hot Water W/Electric Heat Multi-Position Fan Coil
2-Pipe

Nominal Size:
18,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


18CWA2
24CWA2
36CWA2
48CWA2
60CWA2

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested multi-position chilled/ hot water with electric heat
fan coil.
2. Shall be assembled with high quality.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with baked polyester powder.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
3. Cabinet shall be capable of being installed in a vertical or horizontal position.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-60 vac.
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Internal overload protected.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced.
E. Water Coil:
1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8” copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum
fins.
2. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
3. Coil shall contain manual air bleed port.
F. Drain Pan:
1. Drain pan shall be molded with high impact polymers.
2. Pan shall contain a primary and secondary drain connection.
3. Pan shall be capable of draining in the vertical and horizontal positions without changing the pan
configuration.

235
G. Filters:
1. Unit shall contain a filter door for easy access to the filter.
2. A filter track shall be provided.
3. Unit shall come supplied with a 1” throwaway filter.
H. Electric Heaters:
1. Unit shall be capable of incorporating an electric heat package.
2. Electric heaters shall be of the open wire type.
3. Electric heat packages shall contain non-fused breakers, sequencers and safeties.

Part 3-Controls and Safeties


3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. Unit shall include a terminal block that is capable of incorporating a 24 vac thermostat.

3.02 Safeties:
A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer.
B. Electric heat package shall contain non-fusible breakers and high temperature limits.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Electrical shall include a terminal block.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.

236
CWA2 Product Specifications
Physical Data
Cooling Copper Water Water
Model Height Length Depth Weight Drain
Rows Diameter Inlet Outlet
Number (in) (in) (in) (lbs) (in)
FPI (in) (in) (in)
18CWA2 39.75 17.50 21.00 118.00 4-14 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4
24CWA2 39.75 17.50 21.00 118.00 4-14 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4
36CWA2 39.75 17.50 21.00 145.00 4-14 3/8 3/4 3/4 3/4
48CWA2 49.75 21.50 25.00 170.00 4-14 3/8 3/4 3/4 3/4
60CWA2 49.75 21.50 25.00 180.00 4-14 3/8 3/4 3/4 3/4
Electrical Data
Fuse or HACR
Volts/ Circuit Breaker Per
Model Nominal Motor Full Load
Phase/ Circuit
Number CFM HP Ampacity
Hertz Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps
18CWA2 600 1/4 1.7 2.13 4
208/230-1-60

24CWA2 800 1/3 2.8 3.50 7


36CWA2 1200 1/3 2.8 3.50 7
48CWA2 1600 1/3 3.2 4.00 8
60CWA2 2000 3/4 4.8 6.00 11
KW Minimum Maximum
Model Nominal Electric Heat Ampacity Breaker
Number CFM
240V 208V 240V 208V 240V 208V
0 0 2.1 1.9 15 15
5 3.8 29 25 30 25
18CWA2-XX 600
8 6 44 39 45 40
10 7.5 55 48 60 50
0 0 2.1 1.9 15 15
5 3.8 29 25 30 25
24CWA2-XX 900
8 6 44 39 45 40
10 7.5 55 48 60 50
0 0 3.5 3.4 15 15
5 3.8 30 27 30 30
36CWA2-XX 1200 8 6 46 40 50 40
10 7.5 56 49 60 50
15 11.3 56/26 49/23 60/30 50/30
0 0 4 3.9 15 15
5 3.8 30 27 30 35
8 6 46 41 50 45
48CWA2-XX 1600
10 7.5 57 50 60 50
15 11.3 53/30 46/27 60/30 50/30
20 15 57/53 50/46 60/60 50/50
0 0 6 5.9 15 15
5 3.8 32 29 35 30
8 6 48 42 50 45
60CWA2-XX 2000
10 7.5 59 52 60 60
15 11.3 53/32 46/29 60/35 50/30
20 15 59/53 52/46 60/60 60/50

These specifications are subject to change without notice.


237
CWA2 Chilled Water Performance Data

18CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES 18CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 12.2 TC 16.6
3.0 1.8 SC 9.2 3.5 2.4 SC 12.5
APD 0.1 APD 0.18
TC 13.4 TC 18.1
400 42 4.5 3.9 SC 10.1 600 42 5.0 4.8 SC 13.6
APD 0.1 APD 0.18
TC 14.2 TC 19.1
6.0 6.8 SC 10.6 6.5 7.9 SC 14.4
APD 0.1 APD 0.18

18CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES 18CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 11.5 TC 15.7
3.0 1.8 SC 9.2 3.5 2.4 SC 12.6
APD 0.1 APD 0.18
TC 12.5 TC 17.0
400 45 4.5 3.9 SC 10.0 600 45 5.0 4.8 SC 13.6
APD 0.1 APD 0.18
TC 13.2 TC 17.9
6.0 6.8 SC 10.5 6.5 7.9 SC 14.3
APD 0.1 APD 0.18

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

238
CWA2 Chilled Water Performance Data

24CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES 24CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT TEMPERATURE NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 16.5 TC 20.9
3.0 2.2 SC 12.4 3.5 2.9 SC 15.7
APD 0.14 APD 0.21
TC 18.4 TC 22.9
600 42 4.5 4.7 SC 13.8 800 42 5.0 5.8 SC 17.2
APD 0.14 APD 0.21
TC 19.7 TC 24.4
6.0 8.2 SC 14.7 6.5 9.6 SC 18.3
APD 0.14 APD 0.21

24CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES 24CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.

TC 15.7 TC 19.8
3.0 2.2 SC 12.7 3.5 2.9 SC 15.8
APD 0.14 APD 0.21
TC 17.3 TC 21.6
600 45 4.5 4.7 SC 13.8 800 45 5.0 5.8 SC 17.3
APD 0.14 APD 0.21
TC 18.3 TC 22.9
6.0 8.2 SC 14.6 6.5 9.6 SC 18.3
APD 0.14 APD 0.21

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

239
CWA2 Chilled Water Performance Data

36CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES 36CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 26.0 TC 31.2
4.0 2.1 SC 19.5 5.0 3.3 SC 23.3
APD 0.2 APD 0.3
TC 29.0 TC 33.3
1000 42 6.0 4.6 SC 21.8 1200 42 6.5 5.4 SC 25.0
APD 0.2 APD 0.3
TC 31.0 TC 35.0
8.0 8.1 SC 23.2 8.0 8.1 SC 26.3
APD 0.2 APD 0.3

36CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES 36CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 24.8 TC 29.6
4.0 2.1 SC 19.8 5.0 3.3 SC 23.7
APD 0.23 APD 0.28
TC 27.3 TC 31.5
1000 45 6.0 4.6 SC 21.8 1200 45 6.5 5.4 SC 25.2
APD 0.23 APD 0.28
TC 29.0 TC 31.9
8.0 8.1 SC 23.2 8.0 8.1 SC 25.5
APD 0.23 APD 0.28

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

240
CWA2 Chilled Water Performance Data

48CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES 48CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 33.4 TC 39.5
4.5 1.2 SC 25.0 6.0 2.2 SC 29.6
APD 0.24 APD 0.25
TC 36.3 TC 42.7
1400 42 6.0 2.2 SC 27.2 1600 42 8.0 3.8 SC 32.0
APD 0.24 APD 0.25
TC 38.5 TC 45.1
7.5 3.3 SC 28.9 10.0 5.8 SC 33.8
APD 0.24 APD 0.25

48CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES 48CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 32.0 TC 37.7
4.5 1.2 SC 25.6 6.0 2.2 SC 30.2
APD 0.24 APD 0.25
TC 34.5 TC 40.5
1400 45 6.0 2.2 SC 27.6 1600 45 8.0 3.8 SC 32.4
APD 0.24 APD 0.25
TC 36.4 TC 42.6
7.5 3.3 SC 29.1 10.0 5.8 SC 34.1
APD 0.24 APD 0.25

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

241
CWA2 Chilled Water Performance Data

60CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES 60CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 42.5 TC 50.0
6.5 2.8 SC 31.9 7.0 3.2 SC 37.5
APD 0.19 APD 0.27
TC 45.6 TC 55.1
1600 42 8.5 4.6 SC 34.2 2000 42 10.0 6.3 SC 41.3
APD 0.19 APD 0.27
TC 48.1 TC 58.7
10.5 6.9 SC 36.1 13.0 10.5 SC 44.0
APD 0.19 APD 0.27

60CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES 60CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 40.4 TC 47.7
6.5 2.8 SC 32.3 7.0 3.2 SC 36.2
APD 0.19 APD 0.27
TC 43.1 TC 52.1
1600 45 8.5 4.6 SC 34.5 2000 45 10.0 6.3 SC 41.7
APD 0.19 APD 0.27
TC 45.2 TC 55.2
10.5 6.9 SC 36.2 13.0 10.5 SC 44.2
APD 0.19 APD 0.27

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

242
CWA2 Hot Water Performance Data

18CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD APD
AIR (°F) 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
3.0 1.6 29749 32859 35970 39790 43620
65 400 4.5 3.5 0.08 31058 34314 37570 41560 45540
6.0 6.0 31658 34979 38300 42360 46420

18CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD APD
AIR (°F) 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
3.5 2.2 41050 45320 49590 54890 60190
65 600 5.0 4.3 0.15 43416 47948 52480 58100 63660
6.5 7.1 44664 49337 54010 59750 65490

24CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD APD
AIR (°F) 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
3.0 2.2 41261 45555 49850 55150 60500
65 600 4.5 4.7 0.14 44330 48955 53580 59270 65000
6.0 8.2 45762 50566 55370 61240 67100

24CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD APD
AIR (°F) 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
3.5 2.9 51696 57073 62450 69125 75800
65 800 5.0 5.8 0.21 55781 61590 67400 74600 81790
6.5 9.6 57970 64050 70130 77590 85000

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

243
CWA2 Hot Water Performance Data

36CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD APD
AIR (°F) 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
4.0 2.1 62130 68265 75000 83100 91100
65 1000 6.0 4.6 0.23 68302 75401 82500 83100 91100
8.0 8.1 71508 78954 86400 95600 104850

36CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD APD
AIR (°F) 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
5.0 3.3 73792 81446 89100 98650 108200
65 1200 6.5 5.4 0.28 78566 86733 94900 105000 115200
8.0 8.1 81635 90119 98600 109200 119700

48CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD APD
AIR (°F) 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
4.5 1.2 81056 89428 97800 108300 118850
65 1400 6.0 2.2 0.24 88660 97830 107000 118500 130000
7.5 3.3 93529 103244 112960 125000 137140

48CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD APD
AIR (°F) 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
6.0 2.2 95992 105921 115850 128300 140750
65 1600 8.0 3.8 0.25 103596 114348 125100 138500 151900
10.0 5.8 108411 119680 130950 144945 158960

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

244
CWA2 Hot Water Performance Data

60CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD APD
AIR (°F) 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
6.5 2.8 102300 112950 123600 136800 150000
65 1600 8.5 4.6 0.19 109120 120510 131900 145950 160000
10.5 6.9 113451 131204 137160 151750 166350

60CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD APD
AIR (°F) 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
7.0 3.2 119350 131760 144170 159590 175000
65 2000 10.0 6.3 0.27 131285 144967 158650 175580 192500
13.0 10.5 138037 152443 166850 184600 202400

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

245
CWA2 CFM and Glycol Adjustments

Model Motor CFM vs. ESP


Number Speed 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
High 650 600 550 490 420
18CWA-XX Medium 550 500 440 380 310
Low 500 460 330 - -
High 950 900 850 790 720
24CWA-XX Medium 850 800 740 680 610
Low 700 660 610 550 480
High 1250 1200 1120 1060 1000
36CWA-XX Medium 1070 1020 970 920 860
Low 900 870 840 790 720
High 1850 1700 1650 1500 1410
48CWA-XX Medium 1750 1650 1450 1330 1180
Low 1150 1060 1000 920 810
High 2160 2100 2000 1940 1880
60CWA-XX Medium 2110 1980 1810 1750 1650
Low 2000 1860 1670 1340 1200

Example:
24CWA2 @ 0.20” ESP produces 900 cfm.
Locate 900 cfm (for the 24CWA2) on the Capacity Adjustment Factors on page 247. (TC =1.05 & SC = 1.05)
Multiply the stated chilled water capacity for the 24CWA2 on page 239 or the hot water capacity on page 243 by the adjustment factors to achieve
the capacity adjustment.

Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors


Propylene Capacity GPM Adjustment =
Ambient
Glycol % Reduction 100% Capacity
Temp
26° F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01
20° F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03
8° F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07
-5° F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11
-28° F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16

Example:
30% Propylene Glycol Solution.
System capacity x 0.98
GPM x 1.07

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

246
CWA2 Capacity Adjustment Factors
CWA2 CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS
MODEL # 18CWA2 24CWA2 36CWA2
CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC
310 0.74 0.71
325 0.75 0.72
350 0.77 0.74
375 0.79 0.77
400 0.82 0.79
425 0.84 0.81
450 0.86 0.84
475 0.88 0.86 0.76 0.75
500 0.91 0.88 0.78 0.77
525 0.93 0.92 0.80 0.79
550 0.96 0.95 0.82 0.81
575 0.98 0.97 0.84 0.83
600 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.85
625 1.02 1.03 0.87 0.84
650 1.04 1.05 0.89 0.86
675 0.90 0.88
700 0.91 0.91
720 0.93 0.92 0.61 0.59
725 0.94 0.93 0.62 0.60
750 0.96 0.96 0.64 0.62
775 0.98 0.98 0.66 0.64
800 1.00 1.00 0.67 0.65
825 1.01 1.01 0.69 0.67
850 1.02 1.03 0.71 0.70
875 1.04 1.04 0.73 0.72
900 1.05 1.05 0.75 0.74
925 1.05 1.07 0.77 0.76
950 1.05 1.08 0.79 0.78
975 0.82 0.81
1000 0.85 0.84
1025 0.87 0.86
1050 0.89 0.88
1075 0.92 0.91
1100 0.94 0.93
1125 0.96 0.95
1150 0.97 0.97
1175 0.98 0.98
1200 1.00 1.00
1225 1.02 1.03
1250 1.04 1.05

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

247
CWA2 Capacity Adjustment Factors
CWA2 CAPACITY CORRECTION
FACTORS
MODEL # 48CWA2 60CWA2
CFM TC SC TC SC
800 0.40 0.39
825 0.42 0.40
875 0.46 0.44
925 0.48 0.46
950 0.50 0.48
975 0.52 0.50
1000 0.54 0.52
1025 0.55 0.53
1050 0.56 0.54
1075 0.58 0.56
1100 0.60 0.58
1125 0.62 0.60
1175 0.66 0.64
1200 0.67 0.65 0.40 0.39
1225 0.69 0.67 0.42 0.40
1250 0.71 0.70 0.44 0.42
1275 0.73 0.72 0.46 0.44
1300 0.75 0.74 0.47 0.45
1325 0.77 0.76 0.48 0.46
1350 0.79 0.78 0.50 0.48
1375 0.82 0.81 0.52 0.50
1400 0.85 0.84 0.54 0.52
1425 0.87 0.86 0.55 0.53
1450 0.89 0.88 0.56 0.54
1475 0.92 0.91 0.58 0.56
1500 0.94 0.93 0.60 0.58
1525 0.96 0.95 0.62 0.60
1550 0.97 0.97 0.64 0.62
1575 0.98 0.98 0.66 0.64
1600 1.00 1.00 0.67 0.65
1625 1.02 1.03 0.69 0.67
1650 1.04 1.05 0.71 0.70
1675 1.06 1.07 0.73 0.72
1725 1.08 1.09 0.77 0.76
1750 1.09 1.10 0.79 0.78
1775 1.10 1.11 0.82 0.81
1800 1.11 1.12 0.85 0.84
1825 1.13 1.14 0.87 0.86
1850 1.14 1.15 0.89 0.88
1875 0.92 0.91
1900 0.94 0.93
1925 0.96 0.95
1950 0.97 0.97
1975 0.98 0.98
2000 1.00 1.00
2025 1.02 1.03
2050 1.04 1.05
2075 1.06 1.07
2100 1.07 1.08
2125 1.08 1.09
2150 1.09 1.10
2160 1.10 1.11

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

248
249
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat
18,000 – 60,000 BTUH

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL vertical or horizontal configuration. See


Read the entire contents of this manual figure 2 for fan coil only dimensions.
before beginning installation. Multiaqua The coil hand of connection is field
assumes no responsibility for equipment reversible.
installed contradictory to any code
requirement or installation instructions.
The components of this fan coil have
been inspected at the factory and readied
for shipment. Upon receiving the
shipment a visual inspection of the FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
packaging must be performed. MODEL WEIGHTS (LBS)
If any damage to the packaging is NUMBER
discovered, an inspection of the 18CWA2 118
components must be performed and 24CWA2 118
noted on the delivery documents. If
component damage is found a damage 36CWA2 145
claim must be filed by the receiving party 48CWA2 170
against the delivery party immediately. 60CWA2 180
This product is designed and Figure 1
manufactured to permit installation in
accordance with national codes. It is the
installer’s responsibility to install the
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the
structural integrity of the supporting
members, clearances and provisions for
servicing, power supply, coil connections
and/or condensate removal. Before the
installation ensure the structural strength
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the
fan coils.
This unit is designed to be installed in a

250
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat
18,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Physical Dimensions (in)


Model Number A B C D E
18CWA2 17.50 21.00 39.75 12.50 16.00
24CWA2 17.50 21.00 39.75 12.50 16.00
36CWA2 17.50 21.00 39.75 12.50 16.00
48CWA2 21.50 25.00 49.75 17.25 19.50
60CWA2 21.50 25.00 49.75 17.25 19.50

Figure 2

251
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat
18,000 – 60,000 BTUH

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL

The CWA2 is a chilled water fan


coil with electric heat designed for Figure 3
multi-position applications in
closets, attics or basements. They
are field convertible to horizontal
applications without the need for
additional parts. Unit is not suitable
for down flow applications.

Figure 3 & 4

CONVERTING FAN COIL


TO RIGHT HAND
DISCHARGE
Figure 4
The CWA2 fan coil comes shipped
from the factory assembled with a
left hand air discharge
configuration.

1. To convert the fan coil to right


hand discharge remove the three
front panels.

2. Remove the three screws from


the coil mounting brackets and pull
entire coil assembly out of the fan
coil.
Figure 5
Figure 5

252
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat
18,000 – 60,000 BTUH

3. Remove the horizontal drain pan


from the coil and re-install it on the
other side.
Figure 6

4. Ensure the coil mounting brackets


are secure in order to avoid coil
misplacement inside the cabinet.
Check coil slope to make sure that
the drain pan slopes toward the drain
outlet. An incorrectly installed coil Figure 6
could result in damages to the fan
coil and property. UP FLOW

5. Re-install the three front panels


previously removed in step one.

6. The unit shall be suitable for 0”


clearance to combustible materials.
Sufficient clearance must be provided
SECONDARY
at the front of the fan coil to allow DRAIN
access for maintenance and servicing.

7. The fan coil comes with one PRIMARY


primary and one secondary DRAIN Figure 7
condensate drain connection per
configuration. Ensure when
connecting the field installed HORIZONTAL FLOW
condensate drain lines, the lower of
the two fan coil drain connections is
piped into the buildings condensate
removal method.
SECONDARY
Figure 7 & 8
DRAIN

PRIMARY
DRAIN

Figure 8

253
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat
18,000 – 60,000 BTUH

8. All duct work must be installed per


local and national codes. The return air
duct and the return air opening A
provided in the fan coil must have the
same area.
Figure 9 & 10

ELECTRICAL B

All wiring must comply with local and Figure 9


national codes. High and low voltage
terminal blocks are provided. An
electrical plug is provided for the field
installation of electric heat packages.
Knockouts are provided in the cabinet CWA2 Inlet Air Dimensions
for field wiring of the electrical. See A B
page 255 for electric heat package 18CWA2 15 17.5
installation instructions. 24CWA2 15 17.5
36CWA2 15 17.5
A = High Voltage terminal block. 48CWA2 19.25 22.25
B = Electric Heat Package Connection 60CWA2 19.25 22.25
Plug.
C = Low Voltage Terminal Block.
Figure 10
Figure 11

CONTROLS
B
C
A 24 vac transformer, fan relay and
electric heat sequencer are provided A
inside cabinet. All supplied controls are
wired onto the low voltage terminal
block.

Figure 11

254
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat
18,000 – 60,000 BTUH

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION FOR


B41HK-05, B41HK-08, B41HK-10, B41HK-15,B41HK-
15,B15HK-05, B15HK-08, B15HK-10, B15HK-15 and
B15HK-20

ELECTRIC HEATER SLIDE IN MODULE

TO INSTALL THE SLIDE IN MODULE:

1. Disconnect the unit from the power supply. Make sure no electricity is connected to the unit.
2. Remove the door (H) from the unit.
3. Remove the terminal box (L1)(L2) which is attached to the top panel (E) with two screws and clear the way for the
slide in electric heat package.
4. Remove the cover plate (F) from the heater deck.
5. Unplug red and black wires from the terminal block (B) and move them to the right side of cabinet to allow
installation of the electric heat package.
6. Raise the electric heat package enough to clear the mounting tab. (D) Slide the electric heat package halfway
through. Plug the two wires (which were unplugged in step 5) to the left circuit breaker or provided .25” insulated
male terminals (C), black wire on left connection (L1) red wire on right connection (L2).
7. Slide the electric heat package in, secure with screws (A).
8. Complete field line voltage wiring.
9. Attach the breaker cover (K) to heater deck (G) with two blunt screws. Remove the plate (I) from the door (H),
replace with breaker flange (J) and attach to the same plate with four screws.
10. Secure terminal box (L) with two screws to the top panel (E), connect 6-pin plugs, and complete low voltage field
wiring.
11. Replace door (H) and check unit operation.

Note: Breaker cover (K) and breaker flange (J) are shipped with electric heat package.

255
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat
18,000 – 60,000 BTUH

PIPING

9. This fan coil is supplied with one


water coil that can be used for chilled
and or hot water. The coil has one
dedicated inlet and outlet. Ensure that
both lines are insulated according to
local and national building codes.
Figure 12

10. Condensate drains must be installed INLET


with at least .25” of slope per foot away
from the fan coil. Since the drain pan is
OUTLET
located on the suction side of the
blower a minimum trap of 1.5” must be
installed in the drain line for proper
drainage.

ROUTINE CHECK UP AND


SERVICE Figure 12

This product is designed to provide


many years of dependable, trouble free
comfort when properly maintained.
Proper maintenance will consist of
routine filter cleanings/changes, bi-
annual check ups that include but not
limited to filter inspections, electric
heater inspections /cleaning of the
internal electrical and heat transfer
components by a qualified service
technician. Failure to provide periodic
check ups and cleaning can result in
excessive operating cost and/or
equipment failure.

256
CWA2-00 Wiring Diagram

208/230/-1-60

257
CWA2 CERTIFIED DRAWING

258
CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil

4-Pipe Heat & Cool Fan Coil 24,000 - 60,000 BTUH

259
CWA4 NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
4-Pipe Heat & Cool Multiposition Fan Coil

xx- CWA4- HW
Hot Water
Nominal BTUH
24=24,000
36=36,000
48=48,000
60=60,000

4-Pipe Heat & Cool Fan Coil

Note:
The CWA4 is only available in 120-1-60 vac

Available Model Numbers

24CWA2-HW
36CWA4-HW
48CWA4-HW
60CWA4-HW

260
HVAC Guide Specifications
Chilled & Hot Water Multi-Position Fan Coil
4-Pipe

Nominal Size:
24,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


24CWA4
36CWA4
48CWA4
60CWA4

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested multi-position chilled & hot water fan coil.
2. Shall be assembled with high quality.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with baked polyester powder.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
3. Cabinet shall be capable of being installed in a vertical or horizontal position.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Shall be available in 120-1-60 vac.
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Internal overload protected.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced.
E. Water Coil:
1. Manufactured with a chilled water coil containing 3/8” copper tubing mechanically bonded to
aluminum fins.
2. Manufactured with a hot water coil containing 3/8” copper tubing mechanically bonded to
aluminum fins.
3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
4. Coil shall contain manual air bleed port.
F. Drain Pan:
1. Drain pan shall be molded with high impact polymers.
2. Pan shall contain a primary and secondary drain connection.
3. Pan shall be capable of draining in the vertical and horizontal positions without changing the pan
configuration.

261
G. Filters:
1. Unit shall contain a filter door for easy access to the filter.
2. A filter track shall be provided.
3. Unit shall come supplied with a 1” throwaway filter.
H. Hot Water Pump
1. Unit shall contain an internal hot water circulating pump.
Part 3-Controls and Safeties
3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. Unit shall include a terminal block that is capable of incorporating a 24 vac thermostat.

3.02 Safeties:
A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Electrical shall include a terminal block.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.

262
CWA4 Product Specifications
Physical Data
Chilled Chilled Hot Hot
Cooling Heating Copper
Model Height Length Depth Weight Water Water Water Water Drain
Rows Rows Diameter
Number (in) (in) (in) (lbs) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet (in)
FPI FPI (in)
(in) (in) (in) (in)
24CWA4 39.75 17.5 21 140 4-14 3-12 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4
36CWA4 39.75 17.5 21 175 4-14 3-12 3/8 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 3/4
48CWA4 49.75 21.5 25 189 4-14 3-12 3/8 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 3/4
60CWA4 49.75 21.5 25 199 4-14 3-12 3/8 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 3/4

Electrical Data
Hot Fuse or HACR
Volts/ Fan Pump Water Circuit Breaker
Model Nominal Full Load
Phase/ Motor Motor Pump Per Circuit
Number CFM Ampacity
Hertz HP HP Full Load
Minimum Maximum
Ampacity Amps Amps
24CWA4 800 1/4 3.2 1/40 0.52 3.77 9
120-1-60

36CWA4 1200 1/3 6.2 1/40 0.52 8.0 15


48CWA4 1600 3/4 8.9 1/40 0.52 12 20
60CWA4 2000 3/4 8.9 1/25 0.75 12 20

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

263
CWA4 Chilled Water Performance Data

24CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES 24CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT TEMPERATURE NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 16.5 TC 20.9
3.0 2.2 SC 12.4 3.5 2.9 SC 15.7
APD 0.14 APD 0.21
TC 18.4 TC 22.9
600 42 4.5 4.7 SC 13.8 800 42 5.0 5.8 SC 17.2
APD 0.14 APD 0.21
TC 19.7 TC 24.4
6.0 8.2 SC 14.7 6.5 9.6 SC 18.3
APD 0.14 APD 0.21

24CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES 24CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.

TC 15.7 TC 19.8
3.0 2.2 SC 12.7 3.5 2.9 SC 15.8
APD 0.14 APD 0.21
TC 17.3 TC 21.6
600 45 4.5 4.7 SC 13.8 800 45 5.0 5.8 SC 17.3
APD 0.14 APD 0.21
TC 18.3 TC 22.9
6.0 8.2 SC 14.6 6.5 9.6 SC 18.3
APD 0.14 APD 0.21

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

264
CWA4 Chilled Water Performance Data

36CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES 36CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 26.0 TC 31.2
4.0 2.1 SC 19.5 5.0 3.3 SC 23.3
APD 0.2 APD 0.3
TC 29.0 TC 33.3
1000 42 6.0 4.6 SC 21.8 1200 42 6.5 5.4 SC 25.0
APD 0.2 APD 0.3
TC 31.0 TC 35.0
8.0 8.1 SC 23.2 8.0 8.1 SC 26.3
APD 0.2 APD 0.3

36CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES 36CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 24.8 TC 29.6
4.0 2.1 SC 19.8 5.0 3.3 SC 23.7
APD 0.23 APD 0.28
TC 27.3 TC 31.5
1000 45 6.0 4.6 SC 21.8 1200 45 6.5 5.4 SC 25.2
APD 0.23 APD 0.28
TC 29.0 TC 31.9
8.0 8.1 SC 23.2 8.0 8.1 SC 25.5
APD 0.23 APD 0.28

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

265
CWA4 Chilled Water Performance Data

48CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES 48CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 33.4 TC 39.5
4.5 1.2 SC 25.0 6.0 2.2 SC 29.6
APD 0.24 APD 0.25
TC 36.3 TC 42.7
1400 42 6.0 2.2 SC 27.2 1600 42 8.0 3.8 SC 32.0
APD 0.24 APD 0.25
TC 38.5 TC 45.1
7.5 3.3 SC 28.9 10.0 5.8 SC 33.8
APD 0.24 APD 0.25

48CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES 48CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 32.0 TC 37.7
4.5 1.2 SC 25.6 6.0 2.2 SC 30.2
APD 0.24 APD 0.25
TC 34.5 TC 40.5
1400 45 6.0 2.2 SC 27.6 1600 45 8.0 3.8 SC 32.4
APD 0.24 APD 0.25
TC 36.4 TC 42.6
7.5 3.3 SC 29.1 10.0 5.8 SC 34.1
APD 0.24 APD 0.25

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

266
CWA4 Chilled Water Performance Data

60CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES 60CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B. 80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 42.5 TC 50.0
6.5 2.8 SC 31.9 7.0 3.2 SC 37.5
APD 0.19 APD 0.27
TC 45.6 TC 55.1
1600 42 8.5 4.6 SC 34.2 2000 42 10.0 6.3 SC 41.3
APD 0.19 APD 0.27
TC 48.1 TC 58.7
10.5 6.9 SC 36.1 13.0 10.5 SC 44.0
APD 0.19 APD 0.27

60CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES 60CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES


ENTERING AIR ENTERING AIR
NOMINAL EWT NOMINAL EWT
GPM WPD TEMPERATURE GPM WPD TEMPERATURE
CFM (°F) CFM (°F)
80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
80° D.B. / 67° W.B.
TC 40.4 TC 47.7
6.5 2.8 SC 32.3 7.0 3.2 SC 36.2
APD 0.19 APD 0.27
TC 43.1 TC 52.1
1600 45 8.5 4.6 SC 34.5 2000 45 10.0 6.3 SC 41.7
APD 0.19 APD 0.27
TC 45.2 TC 55.2
10.5 6.9 SC 36.2 13.0 10.5 SC 44.2
APD 0.19 APD 0.27

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

267
CWA4 Hot Water Performance Data

24CWA4-HW HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
65 800 4.0 1.9 23000 26000 30300 33900 37600 41200

36CWA4-HW HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
65 1200 4.0 1.4 45000 50000 60000 67000 74800 82000

48CWA4-HW HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
65 1600 4.0 0.8 59000 67000 78000 88000 97000 107000

60CWA4-HW HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING
CFM GPM WPD
AIR (°F) 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180°
65 2000 7.0 2.5 69000 80000 91000 102500 113500 125000

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

268
CWA4 CFM and Glycol Adjustments

Model Moter CFM vs. ESP


Number Speed 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
High 850 800 760 720 680
24CWA4-HW Medium 825 775 715 690 670
Low 780 715 655 630 -
High 1360 1310 1270 1230 1190
36CWA4-HW Medium 1340 1250 1170 1090 1060
Low 1280 1170 1040 970 -
High 1860 1740 1640 1530 1480
48CWA4-HW Medium 1780 1620 1510 1390 1280
Low 1680 1500 1320 1250 -
High 1950 1900 1845 1770 1720
60CWA4-HW Medium 1820 1750 1620 1470 1440
Low 1750 1640 1390 1270 -

Example:
24CWA4 @ 0.20” ESP produces 800 cfm.
Locate 800 cfm (for the 24CWA4) on the Capacity Adjustment Factors on page 270. (TC =1.00 & SC = 1.00)
Multiply the stated chilled water capacity for the 24CWA4 or the hot water capacity by the adjustment factors to achieve the capacity adjustment.

Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors


Propylene Capacity GPM Adjustment =
Ambient
Glycol % Reduction 100% Capacity
Temp
26° F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01
20° F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03
8° F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07
-5° F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11
-28° F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16

Example:
30% Propylene Glycol Solution.
System capacity x 0.98
GPM x 1.07

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

269
CWA4 Capacity Adjustment Factors
CWA4 CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS
MODEL # 24CWA4 36CWA4 48CWA4 60CWA4
CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC
625 0.87 0.84
650 0.89 0.86
675 0.90 0.88
700 0.91 0.91
725 0.94 0.93
750 0.96 0.96
775 0.98 0.98
800 1.00 1.00
825 1.01 1.01
850 1.02 1.03
970 0.81 0.80
975 0.82 0.81
1000 0.85 0.84
1025 0.87 0.86
1050 0.89 0.88
1075 0.92 0.91
1100 0.94 0.93
1125 0.96 0.95
1150 0.97 0.97
1175 0.98 0.98
1200 1.00 1.00
1225 1.02 1.03
1250 1.04 1.05 0.71 0.70
1270 1.05 1.06 0.72 0.71 0.45 0.43
1275 1.06 1.07 0.73 0.72 0.46 0.44
1300 1.08 1.09 0.75 0.74 0.47 0.45
1325 1.09 1.10 0.77 0.76 0.48 0.46
1350 1.10 1.11 0.79 0.78 0.50 0.48
1360 1.11 1.12 0.81 0.80 0.51 0.49
1375 0.82 0.81 0.52 0.50
1400 0.85 0.84 0.54 0.52
1425 0.87 0.86 0.55 0.53
1450 0.89 0.88 0.56 0.54
1475 0.92 0.91 0.58 0.56
1500 0.94 0.93 0.60 0.58
1525 0.96 0.95 0.62 0.60
1550 0.97 0.97 0.64 0.62
1575 0.98 0.98 0.66 0.64
1600 1.00 1.00 0.67 0.65
1625 1.02 1.03 0.69 0.67
1650 1.04 1.05 0.71 0.70
1675 1.06 1.07 0.73 0.72
1700 1.07 1.08 0.75 0.74
1725 1.08 1.09 0.77 0.76
1750 1.09 1.10 0.79 0.78
1775 1.10 1.11 0.82 0.81
1800 1.11 1.12 0.85 0.84
1825 1.13 1.14 0.87 0.86
1850 1.14 1.15 0.89 0.88
1860 1.15 1.16 0.91 0.90
1875 0.92 0.91
1900 0.94 0.93
1925 0.96 0.95
1950 0.97 0.97
1975 0.98 0.98
2000 1.00 1.00

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

270
271
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil
24,000 – 60,000 BTUH

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL vertical or horizontal configuration. See


Read the entire contents of this manual figure 2 for fan coil only dimensions.
before beginning installation. Multiaqua The coil hand of connection is field
assumes no responsibility for equipment reversible.
installed contradictory to any code
requirement or installation instructions.
The components of this fan coil have
been inspected at the factory and readied
for shipment. Upon receiving the
shipment a visual inspection of the
FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
packaging must be performed.
MODEL WEIGHTS (LBS)
If any damage to the packaging is NUMBER
discovered, an inspection of the
24CWA4 140
components must be performed and
noted on the delivery documents. If 36CWA4 175
component damage is found a damage 48CWA4 189
claim must be filed by the receiving party 60CWA4 199
against the delivery party immediately.
This product is designed and
Figure 1
manufactured to permit installation in
accordance with national codes. It is the
installer’s responsibility to install the
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the
structural integrity of the supporting
members, clearances and provisions for
servicing, power supply, coil connections
and/or condensate removal. Before the
installation, ensure the structural strength
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the
fan coils.
This unit is designed to be installed in a

272
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA4 Chilled & Water Fan Coil
24,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Physical Dimensions (in)


Model Number A B C D E
24CWA4 17.50 21.00 39.75 12.50 16.00
36CWA4 17.50 21.00 39.75 12.50 16.00
48CWA4 21.50 25.00 49.75 17.25 19.50
60CWA4 21.50 25.00 49.75 17.25 19.50

Figure 2

273
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil
24,000 – 60,000 BTUH

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL

The CWA4 is a chilled and hot


water fan coil designed for multi-
Fiqure 3
position applications in closets,
attics or basements. They are field
convertible to horizontal
applications without the need for
additional parts. Unit is not suitable
for down flow applications.

Figure 3 & 4

CONVERTING FAN COIL


TO RIGHT HAND
DISCHARGE
Figure 4
The CWA4 fan coil comes shipped
from the factory assembled with a
left hand air discharge
configuration.

1. To convert the fan coil to right


hand discharge remove the three
front panels.

2. Remove the three screws from


the coil mounting brackets and pull
entire coil assembly out of the fan
coil.
Figure 5
Figure 5

274
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil
24,000 – 60,000 BTUH

3. Remove the horizontal drain pan


from the coil and re-install it on the
other side.
Figure 6

4. Ensure the coil mounting brackets


are secure in order to avoid coil
misplacement inside the cabinet.
Check coil slope to make sure that
the drain pan slopes toward the drain
outlet. An incorrectly installed coil Figure 6
could result in damages to the fan
coil and property. UP FLOW

5. Re-install the three front panels


previously removed in step one.
SECONDARY
6. The unit shall be suitable for 0” DRAIN
clearance to combustible materials.
Sufficient clearance must be provided
PRIMARY
at the front of the fan coil to allow DRAIN
access for maintenance and servicing.

7. The fan coil comes with one


primary and one secondary Figure 7
condensate drain connection per
configuration. Ensure when
connecting the field installed HORIZONTAL FLOW
condensate drain lines, the lower of
the two fan coil drain connections is SECONDARY
piped into the buildings condensate DRAIN
removal method.
PRIMARY
Figure 7 & 8
DRAIN

Figure 8

275
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil
24,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Temperature
Sensors

8. The hot water coil is a horizontally


mounted coil in the top of the fan
coil. The hot water inlet is on the
right and the outlet on the left. There Inlet
are two temperature sensors on top of Outlet
the hot water coil.
Figure 9

9. The CWA4 comes equipped with a


circulating pump, coil drain valve, Figure 9
manual air purge fitting and coil
temperature sensors.
Figure 10
Pump
10. Make sure when attaching
ductwork to the fan coil that screws
or other objects do not damage the
hot water coil. If the coil fins become Coil Drain
bent or flattened, ensure that they are Valve
straightened so the air flow of the fan
coil is not affected.
Figure 11

Figure 10

Coil Fins

Figure 11

276
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil
24,000 – 60,000 BTUH

11. All duct work must be installed per


local and national codes. The return air
duct and the return air opening A
provided in the fan coil must have the
same area.

Figure 12 & 13
B
ELECTRICAL
Figure 12
All wiring must comply with local and
national codes. High and low voltage
termination points are provided.
CWA4 Inlet Air
Knockouts are provided in the cabinet Dimensions
for field wiring of the electrical.
A B
24CWA4 15 17.5
CONTROLS 36CWA4 15 17.5
48CWA4 19.25 22.25
A 24 vac transformer, fan relay, pump 60CWA4 19.25 22.25
relay and time delay relay are provided
inside cabinet. All supplied controls are
Figure 13
wired to respective terminations.

Figure 14 Time Delay


Relay

Fan Relay

Pump Relay

Transformer

277
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil
24,000 – 60,000 BTUH

PIPING OUTLET
INLET

12. This fan coil is supplied with one


chilled water coil and one hot water
coil. Each coil has one dedicated inlet
and outlet. Ensure that both lines are
insulated according to local and
national building codes.

Figure 15

13. Condensate drains must be installed


with at least .25” of slope per foot away INLET
from the fan coil. Since the drain pan is
located on the suction side of the OUTLET
blower a minimum trap of 1.5” must be
installed in the drain line for proper
drainage.

Figure 15
ROUTINE CHECK UP AND
SERVICE

This product is designed to provide


many years of dependable, trouble free
comfort when properly maintained.
Proper maintenance will consist of
routine filter cleanings/changes, bi-
annual check ups that include but not
limited to filter inspections, electric
heater inspections /cleaning of the
internal electrical and heat transfer
components by a qualified service
technician. Failure to provide periodic
check ups and cleaning can result in
excessive operating cost and/or
equipment failure.

278
CWA4 Wiring Diagram
120-1-60

279
CWA4 CERTIFIED DRAWING

280
MHCCX DX Ceiling Concealed
With or Without Electric Heat
Direct Expansion Fan Coil 12,000 - 36,000 BTUH

281
MHCCX NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
Direct Expansion Concealed Fan Coil with Electric Heat

MHCCX XX - XX - XX
Voltage "See Notes"
01= 208/230-1-50/60
03=120-1-60
Direct Expansion
w/ Electric Heat Electric Heat
00= 0 KW
02 =2KW "See Note 2 & 3"
03= 3 KW
05= 5 KW
06= 6 KW
Nominal Tons 08= 8 KW
04 = 1 TON
06 = 1.5 TON
08 = 2 TON
10 = 2.5 TON
12 = 3 TON

Notes:
1. The standard unit is 208/230-1-50/60 vac. Add suffix 03 for 120-1-50/60 vac units.
2. 120 vac units are available without electric heat or 2kw of electric heat.
3. 2 KW electric heat is only available with 120 vac.

Available Model Numbers


MHCCX04-00-03 MHCCX06-00-03 MHCCX08-00-03 MHCCX10-00-03 MHCCX12-00-03
MHCCX04-02-03 MHCCX06-02-03 MHCCX08-02-03 MHCCX10-02-03 MHCCX12-02-03
MHCCX04-00 MHCCX06-00 MHCCX08-00 MHCCX10-00 MHCCX12-00
MHCCX04-03 MHCCX06-03 MHCCX08-03 MHCCX10-03 MHCCX12-03
MHCCX04-05 MHCCX06-05 MHCCX08-05 MHCCX10-05 MHCCX12-05
MHCCX04-06 MHCCX06-06 MHCCX08-06 MHCCX10-06 MHCCX12-06
MHCCX04-08 MHCCX06-08 MHCCX08-08 MHCCX10-08 MHCCX12-08

282
HVAC Guide Specifications
Direct Expansion Fan Coil with Electric Heat

Nominal Size:
12,000 – 36,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


MHCCX04
MHCCX06
MHCCX08
MHCCX10
MHCCX12

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua Direct Expansion Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested direct expansion fan coil with or without electric
heat.
2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Internal overload protected.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced.

E. DX Coil:
1. Manufactured with 3/8” rifled copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins.
2. Contain a thermal expansion valve.
3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection.
F. Drain Pan:
1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to
resist corrosion.
2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation.
3. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a right hand
sloped secondary drain connection.
283
G. Electric Heat:
1. Electric Heaters shall be of the rod and disk type.
2. Shall be protected by safeties.

Part 3-Controls and Safeties


3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or
Fan speed control.
C. Controls shall include the following components.
1. 24vac transformer.
2. Fan relays.
3. Electric heat sequencer (s).
4. Optional Thermostats.

3.02 Safeties
A. Fan coil shall be equipped with all necessary components in conjunction with the
control system to provide the following protectants.
1. High temperature.
2. Over current protection.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.
D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block.
E. Shall be available without electric heat in 120 vac.
F. Shall be available with 2 KW electric heat in 120 vac.

Part 5- Accessories:
5.01 Enclosures
A. Fan coils shall be capable of incorporating enclosures.
1. Enclosures shall be internally insulated to insure quite operation and increase efficiency.
2. Shall include knockouts for ease of piping and electrical in and out of the enclosures.
3. Shall include an optional return air cutout in the enclosure.
4. Shall include a supply air duct flange.
5. Shall incorporate baked polyester powder service access panels with and without a filtered louver.

284
MHCCX Product Specifications
Physical Data
Coil Copper Liquid Suction
Model Height Width Depth Weight Drain
Rows Diameter Line Line
Number (in) (in) (in) (lbs) (in)
FPI (in) (in) (in)
MHCCX04 10.00 37.72 21.65 66.0 2-14 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/4
MHCCX06 10.00 37.72 21.65 68.2 3-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4
MHCCX08 10.00 37.72 21.65 72.6 4-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4
MHCCX10 10.00 43.70 21.65 74.8 4-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4
MHCCX12 10.00 49.68 21.65 83.6 4-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4

Electrical Data

Volts Electric Fuse or HACR Circuit


Nominal Motor Full Load
Model Number Phase Heat Breaker Per Circuit
CFM HP Ampacity
Hertz (KW)
Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps
MHCCX04-00 0 0.82 1 -
MHCCX04-03 3 13.86 19.31 20
MHCCX04-05 400 5 1/8 22.56 31.6 35
MHCCX04-06 6 26.9 37.6 40
MHCCX04-08 8 35.6 48.3 50
MHCCX06-00 0 1.18 1.48 -
MHCCX06-03 3 14.22 19.76 20
MHCCX06-05 600 5 1/8 22.92 32.05 35
MHCCX06-06 6 27.27 38.05 40
MHCCX06-08 8 35.96 48.75 50
208/230-1-50/60

MHCCX08-00 0 1.43 1.8 5


MHCCX08-03 3 14.47 20.08 20
MHCCX08-05 800 5 1/4 23.17 32.36 35
MHCCX08-06 6 27.52 38.36 40
MHCCX08-08 8 36.21 49.06 50
MHCCX10-00 0 1.43 1.8 5
MHCCX10-03 3 14.47 20.08 20
MHCCX10-05 1000 5 1/4 23.17 32.36 35
MHCCX10-06 6 27.52 38.36 40
MHCCX10-08 8 36.21 49.06 50
MHCCX12-00 0 1.81 2.26 5
MHCCX12-03 3 14.85 20.55 20
MHCCX12-05 1200 5 1/4 23.55 32.84 35
MHCCX12-06 6 27.9 38.84 40
MHCCX12-08 8 36.6 49.54 50

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

285
MHCCX Product Specifications

Electrical Data 120 vac No Electric Heat

Volts/ Electric Fuse or HACR Circuit


Nominal Motor Full Load
Model Number Phase/ Heat Breaker Per Circuit
CFM HP Ampacity
Hertz (KW) Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps
MHCCX04-00-03 400 0 1/30 0.55 .69 15

120-1-60
MHCCX06-00-03 600 0 1/30 0.55 .69 15
MHCCX08-00-03 800 0 1/30 0.55 .69 15
MHCCX10-00-03 1000 0 1/8 1.80 2.25 15
MHCCX12-00-03 1200 0 1/4 3.00 3.75 15

Electrical Data 120 vac 2 KW Electric Heat

Volts Electric Fuse or HACR Circuit


Nominal Motor Full Load Breaker Per Circuit
Model Number Phase Heat
CFM HP Ampacity
Hertz (KW) Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps
MHCCX04-02-03 400 2 KW 1/30 17.22 22 25
120-1-60

MHCCX06-02-03 600 2 KW 1/30 17.22 22 25


MHCCX08-02-03 800 2 KW 1/30 17.22 22 25
MHCCX10-02-03 1000 2 KW 1/8 18.47 23 25
MHCCX12-02-03 1200 2 KW 1/4 19.67 24 25

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

286
MHCCX Cooling & Heating Performance Data

Performance Data
Nominal Electric
Nominal
Model Number Cooling Heat
CFM
BTUH BTUH
MHCCX04-00 0
MHCCX04-03 10,200

12,000
400
MHCCX04-05 17,000
MHCCX04-06 20,500
MHCCX04-08 27,300
MHCCX06-00 0
MHCCX06-03 10,200
18,000
600

MHCCX06-05 17,000
MHCCX06-06 20,500
MHCCX06-08 27,300
MHCCX08-00 0
MHCCX08-03 10,200
24,000
800

MHCCX08-05 17,000
MHCCX08-06 20,500
MHCCX08-08 27,300
MHCCX10-00 0
MHCCX10-03 10,200
30,000
1,000

MHCCX10-05 17,000
MHCCX10-06 20,500
MHCCX10-08 27,300
MHCCX12-00 0
MHCCX12-03 10,200
36,000
1,200

MHCCX12-05 17,000
MHCCX12-06 20,500
MHCCX12-08 27,300

* Cooling based on 75 % Sensible and 25% Latent:


* Fan coils are 13 SEER

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

287
MHCCX CFM Adjustments

CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table


External Static Pressure
Model Number
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
MHCCX04 485 455 415 370 325 0 0
MHCCX06 775 745 715 680 640 595 545
MHCCX08 915 890 850 815 775 730 685
MHCCX10 1145 1110 1075 1035 995 955 905
MHCCX12 1480 1445 1405 1365 1325 1280 1235

These specifications are subject to change without notice

288
289
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL horizontal configuration only and into an


Read the entire contents of this manual enclosure assembly. The enclosure assembly
before beginning installation. Multiaqua can be ordered separately or field fabricated
assumes no responsibility for equipment by the installing contractor. See figure 2 for
installed contradictory to any code enclosure part numbers, dimensions and
requirement or installation instructions. weights. See document number 030710001
The components of this fan coil have for enclosure assembly and installation
been inspected at the factory and readied instructions. See figure 3 for fan coil only
for shipment. Upon receiving the dimensions.
shipment a visual inspection of the The coil hand of connection is field
packaging must be performed. reversible. See figures 4-6 for converting the
coil hand of connection.
If any damage to the packaging is
discovered, an inspection of the
components must be performed and
noted on the delivery documents. If
component damage is found a damage FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
claim must be filed by the receiving party MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS)
against the delivery party immediately. MHCCX04 66.0
This product is designed and MHCCX06 68.2
manufactured to permit installation in MHCCX08 72.6
accordance with national codes. It is the MHCCX10 74.8
installer’s responsibility to install the
MHCCX12 83.6
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
Figure 1
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS
ENCLOSURE FAN COIL (us)
structural integrity of the supporting
members, clearances and provisions for PART NUMBER SIZE Depth Length Height Weight
servicing, power supply, coil connections MPE468 4 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
and/or condensate removal. Before the MPE468 6 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
installation ensure the structural strength
MPE468 8 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the MPE10 10 32.75 45.75 11.00 30
fan coils. MPE12 12 32.75 51.75 11.00 34
This unit is designed to be installed in a Figure 2

290
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
MHCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

FAN COIL DIMENSIONS

Fan Coil A B C D E F
Model Number
MHCCX04-XX 37.72 34.57 31.42 10.24 5.51 21.65
MHCCX06-XX 37.72 34.57 31.42 10.24 5.51 21.65
MHCCX08-XX 37.72 34.57 31.42 10.24 5.51 21.65
MHCCX10-XX 43.70 40.55 37.40 10.24 5.51 21.65
MHCCX12-XX 49.69 46.54 43.38 10.24 5.51 21.65

.5”
TXV

E .75” (MPT)
Condensate
D
Drain Connection
(Both Ends)

1”

F
B
C A

Mounting Notches

Drain Pan

Figure 3

291
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
CONVERTING COIL
HAND OF CONNECTION Figure 4
& ELECTRIC HEATER
ACCESS.

1. Remove the eleven screws that


attach the top to the fan coil
assembly and remove the top.
This will allow you to access the
electric heaters.
Figure 4

2. Remove the eight screws that


hold the coil into the fan coil
frame assembly. Four screws per
side.
Figure 5
Figure 5
3 Slide the coil out of the fan
coil frame assembly toward the
coil supply and return line
connections. Ensure that care is
taken when removing and
inserting the coil not to damage
the coil fins. Insert the coil into
the fan coil frame assembly from
the other end and reverse
procedures 4 & 5 to reassemble
the fan coil.
Figure 6

Figure 6

292
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL
UNIT INTO ENCLOSURE
ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the ten screws that


attach the electrical assembly to
the fan coil unit. Do not separate
the electrical assembly from the
blower assembly. These two Figure 7
assemblies will be removed in the
next step.
Figure 7

2. Remove the five screws


attaching the blower assembly to
the coil assembly. Separate the
electrical and blower assemblies
from the coil assembly.
Figure 8

3. Insert the coil assembly into


the enclosure assembly starting
with the discharge air opening of Figure 8
the coil first. Ensure that the
discharge of the coil is inserted
into the discharge of the
enclosure completely. Failure to
completely insert the coil
discharge will result in
recirculation of the discharge air.
Figure 9

Figure 9

293
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

4. Align the fan coil mounting


bolts up with the four mounting
notches provided in the coil
assembly top. Secure the coil
assembly to the enclosure with
two mounting bolts per side.
Ensure that the coil assembly is
level in both directions to allow
proper drainage and operation.
Figure 10

5. Reinstall the blower assembly Figure 10


onto the coil assembly using the
five screws previously removed
in step 2 figure 8.
Figure 11

6. Reinstall the electrical


assembly onto the coil assembly
using the ten screws previously
removed in step 1 figure 7.
Figure 12

ELECTRICAL, COIL,
DRAIN AND RETURN /
SUPPLY AIR LOCATIONS Figure 11

7. There are multiple entry points


on the factory supplied enclosure
assembly for water lines,
condensate lines, refrigerant lines
and electrical connections. If a
non-louvered service access panel
is used or if an alternate return air
location is required an optional
return air cutout is provided.
Figure 13

Figure 12

294
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

ELECTRICAL &
CONDENSATE DRAIN
8. There are four termination
points for the electrical wiring.
There are two on each side of the
electrical box. See pages 300-304
for electrical drawings. Wiring
must be installed according to
Optional Return
prevailing codes and regulations. Entry Points Air Cutout
The fan coil unit has one Typical Both Ends
condensate drain connection on
either side of the drain pan for Figure 13
either left or right hand drain
connection. The opposite drain
connection not being used must be Left and Right Hand Drain Connections
capped off by the installing
contractor. The middle drain
connection is the safety condensate Figure 14
Electrical Terminations Points
drain connection. Ensure that all
condensate drain lines have at least
one quarter of an inch of fall per
foot for proper drainage.
Figure 14
Safety Drain Connection

DIRECT EXPANSION COIL


CONNECTIONS
9. The fan coil unit comes with a Figure 14
Thermal Expansion Valve installed
on the DX coil. Ensure that the
suction line is insulated all the way
to the coil header and the liquid line
is insulated from the TXV to the
distributor.

Figure 15

Figure 15

295
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS

10. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor
must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is
required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame
adheres to national codes and / or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing
the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel.
Figure 16 & 17

11. Filters are not supplied with the fan coil unit or the service access panel. The filter(s) must be
supplied by the installing contractor. If a louvered service access panel is used the filter will mount
on the under side of the hinged access panel. If the optional return air cutout is used it is
recommended that a return air filter grille be used that has the same surface area as the
recommended filter sizes.
Figure 18

Fan Coil Mounting Bolts


Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure

Optional Return Air Cutout


Supply Duct Flange

Frame Enclosure
Supplied By Ceiling
Installing Contractor

Hinged Service Access Panel Return Air Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP)
Louvered Panel Shown. An
Optional Non-louvered Service
Access Panel Is Available. Figure 16

296
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

SERVICE ACCESS PANEL DIMENSIONS


Louvered & Non-Louvered
Panel Model Fan Coil A B C
Number Size (in) (in) (in)
MAP468L(NL) 4 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP468L(NL) 6 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP468L(NL) 8 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 1.5
MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 1.5

C
(typ) Figure 17

FAN COIL RECOMMENDED FILTER


MODEL SIZES
NUMBER Width (in) Length (in)
MHCCX04 18 36
MHCCX06 18 36
MHCCX08 18 36
MHCCX10 18 36
MHCCX12 2 qty 18 24
Figure 18

297
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

12. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork.
Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange that the screws are at least one and half inches away from
the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure
assembly when duct work will be installed before the fan coil is installed.
Figure 19

SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLANGE


Enclosure Fan Coil A B
Model Number Size (in) (in)
MAP468L(NL) 4 6 31.75
MAP468L(NL) 6 6 31.75
MAP468L(NL) 8 6 31.75
MAP10L (NL) 10 6 37.75
MAP12L (NL) 12 6 43.75

B
Figure 19

298
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

MAITENANCE and/or replacements in the event the


unit fails to operate or is being
1. Air Filter(s): serviced. If fuses are used, ensure
Filters are an essential part of the that the replacement fuses are of the
quality of air that is provided to the same size and type as the ones you
occupants. Never operate HVAC are replacing. It is a good idea to
equipment without filters. Filters keep replacement fuses of the
help remove dust and unwanted appropriate size and type on hand.
particles from the air stream,
helping to keep the space clean. 3. Routine Check Up and Service:
They also keep this debris from This product is designed to
collecting on the heat transfer provide many years of dependable,
surfaces of the unit thus trouble free comfort when properly
maintaining optimum equipment maintained. Proper maintenance
efficiency and performance. These will consist of routine filter
filters will be located either in the cleanings/changes, bi-annual check
unit or upstream from the unit in ups that include but not limited to
the return air ductwork. Filters must filter inspections, electric heater
be inspected, cleaned and/or inspections /cleaning of the internal
changed routinely. This routine electrical and heat transfer
maintenance procedure will allow components by a qualified service
the unit to continually operate as technician. Failure to provide
designed, reduce service expenses periodic check ups and cleaning can
and extend equipment/component result in excessive operating cost
life. and/or equipment failure.

2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers:


This unit must be connected to
the buildings electric service in
accordance with local/national
electrical codes and regulations.
These electrical connections will
include over current protection in
the form of fuses or circuit
breakers. Have your contractor
identify/label the circuits and the
location of them so that you may be
in a position to make inspections

299
MHCCX Without Electric Heat Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

300
MHCCX with Electric Heat Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

301
MHCCX with 2KW Electric Heat Wiring Diagram
120-1-50/60

302
MHCCX without Electric Heat Wiring Diagram
120-1-50/60

303
MHCCX CERTIFIED DRAWING

304
MCCX Direct Expansion
Ceiling Concealed
Direct Expansion Fan Coil 48,000 - 60,000 BTUH

305
MCCX NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
Direct Expansion Ceiling Concealed Fan Coil

MCCX- XX - C -1

Voltage
1=208/230/-1-50/60
Direct Expansion
Cooling

Nominal Tons
16= 4 ton
20= 5 ton

Available Model Numbers

MCCX-16-C-1
MCCX-20-C-1

306
HVAC Guide Specifications
Direct Expansion Fan Coil

Nominal Size:
48,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


MCCX16
MCCX20

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua Direct Expansion Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested direct expansion fan coil.
2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac.
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Internal overload protected.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced.
E. DX Coil:
1. Manufactured with 3/8” copper rifled tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins.
2. Contain a thermal expansion valve.
3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection.
F. Drain Pan:
1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to
resist corrosion.
2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation.
3. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a sloped right
hand secondary drain connection.

307
Part 3-Controls and Safeties
3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or
fan speed control.
C. Controls shall include the following components.
1. 24vac transformer.
2. Fan relays.
3. Optional thermostats.

3.02 Safeties:
A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.
D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block.

308
MCCX Product Specifications & Capacity

Physical Data
Coil Copper Liquid Suction
Model Height Width Depth Weight Drain
Rows Diameter Line Line
Number (in) (in) (in) (lbs) (in)
FPI (in) (in) (in)
MCCX16 13.78 48.50 20.00 68.34 3-14 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/2
MCCX20 13.78 56.10 20.00 72.80 3-14 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/2

Electrical Data
Fuse or HACR
Circuit Breaker Per
Nominal Volts/ Phase/ Motor Full Load
Model Number Circuit
CFM Hertz HP Ampacity
Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps

MCCX-16-C-1 1600 208/230-1-50/60 1/2 2.72 3.40 7

MCCX-20-C-1 2000 208/230-1-50/60 1/2 2.72 3.40 7

Performance Data

Nominal Cooling
Model Number
CFM Capacity

MCCX-16-C-1 1600 48,000

MCCW-20-C-1 2000 58,000

Nominal CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table


Model Hi Speed
Number 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
MCCX-16 1435 1420 1390 1355 1316 1281
MCCX-20 1435 1415 1400 1363 1325 1290

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

309
310
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MCCX Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL horizontal configuration only. See figure 2


Read the entire contents of this manual for fan coil dimensions.
before beginning installation. Multiaqua The coil hand of connection is field
assumes no responsibility for equipment reversible. See figures 4-6 for converting the
installed contradictory to any code coil hand of connection.
requirement or installation instructions.
The components of this fan coil have
been inspected at the factory and readied
for shipment. Upon receiving the
shipment a visual inspection of the
packaging must be performed.
If any damage to the packaging is
discovered, an inspection of the
components must be performed and
noted on the delivery documents. If
component damage is found a damage FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
claim must be filed by the receiving party MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS)
against the delivery party immediately. MCCX16 68.34
This product is designed and MCCX20 72.80
manufactured to permit installation in
accordance with national codes. It is the
installer’s responsibility to install the Figure 1
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the
structural integrity of the supporting
members, clearances and provisions for
servicing, power supply, coil connections
and/or condensate removal. Before the
installation ensure the structural strength
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the
fan coils.
This unit is designed to be installed in a

311
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
MCCX Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

FAN COIL DIMENSIONS (in)


Fan Coil
Model Number A B C D E F
MCCX16 48.39 43.86 42.20 13.74 9.49 19.80
MCCX20 56.38 51.85 42.20 13.74 9.49 19.80

.5”
TXV

E .75” (MPT)
Condensate
D
Drain Connection
(Both Ends)

1”

F
B
C A

Mounting Notches

Drain Pan

Figure 2

312
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MCCX Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
CONVERTING COIL
HAND OF CONNECTION Figure 3

1. Remove the eleven screws that


attach the top to the fan coil
assembly and remove the top.
This will allow you to access the
electric heaters.
Figure 3

2. Remove the eight screws that


hold the coil into the fan coil
frame assembly. Four screws per
side.
Figure 4

3 Slide the coil out of the fan


coil frame assembly toward the Figure 4
coil supply and return line
connections. Ensure that care is
taken when removing and
inserting the coil not to damage
the coil fins. Insert the coil into
the fan coil frame assembly from
the other end and reverse
procedures 3 & 4 to reassemble
the fan coil.
Figure 5

Figure 5

313
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MCCX Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

ELECTRICAL &
CONDENSATE DRAIN
Left and Right Hand Drain Connections
4. There are four termination
points for the electrical wiring.
There are two on each side of the
electrical box. See page 316 for Figure 14
Electrical Terminations Points
electrical drawing. Wiring must be
installed according to prevailing
codes and regulations.
The fan coil unit has one
condensate drain connection on Safety Drain Connection
either side of the drain pan for
either left or right hand drain
connection. The opposite drain Figure 6
connection not being used must be
capped off by the installing
contractor. The middle drain
connection is the safety condensate
drain connection. Ensure that all
condensate drain lines have at least
one quarter of an inch of fall per
foot for proper drainage.
Figure 6

DIRECT EXPANSION COIL


CONNECTIONS
5. The fan coil unit comes with a Figure 7
Thermal Expansion Valve installed
on the DX coil. Ensure that the
suction line is insulated all the way
to the coil header and the liquid line
is insulated from the TXV to the
distributor.

Figure 7

314
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MCCX Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons

MAITENANCE and/or replacements in the event the


unit fails to operate or is being
1. Air Filter(s): serviced. If fuses are used, ensure
Filters are an essential part of the that the replacement fuses are of the
quality of air that is provided to the same size and type as the ones you
occupants. Never operate HVAC are replacing. It is a good idea to
equipment without filters. Filters keep replacement fuses of the
help remove dust and unwanted appropriate size and type on hand.
particles from the air stream,
helping to keep the space clean. 3. Routine Check Up and Service:
They also keep this debris from This product is designed to
collecting on the heat transfer provide many years of dependable,
surfaces of the unit thus trouble free comfort when properly
maintaining optimum equipment maintained. Proper maintenance
efficiency and performance. These will consist of routine filter
filters will be located either in the cleanings/changes, bi-annual check
unit or upstream from the unit in ups that include but not limited to
the return air ductwork. Filters must filter inspections, electric heater
be inspected, cleaned and/or inspections /cleaning of the internal
changed routinely. This routine electrical and heat transfer
maintenance procedure will allow components by a qualified service
the unit to continually operate as technician. Failure to provide
designed, reduce service expenses periodic check ups and cleaning can
and extend equipment/component result in excessive operating cost
life. and/or equipment failure.

2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers:


This unit must be connected to
the buildings electric service in
accordance with local/national
electrical codes and regulations.
These electrical connections will
include over current protection in
the form of fuses or circuit
breakers. Have your contractor
identify/label the circuits and the
location of them so that you may be
in a position to make inspections

315
MHCCX Without Electric Heat Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

316
MCCX CERTIFIED DRAWING

317
MHNCCX DX with Hot Water Heat
Ceiling Concealed
4-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 12,000 - 36,000 BTUH

318
MHNCCX NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
4-Pipe Heat/Cool Ceiling Concealed Fan Coil

MHNCCW- XX - XX

Ceiling Concealed
4-Pipe DX Cool/HW Heat Voltage
01= 208/230-1-50/60
03= 120-1-50/60

Nominal Tons
04 = 1 Ton
06 = 1.5 Ton
08 = 2 Ton
10 = 2.5 Ton
12 = 3 Ton

Available Model Numbers

MHNCCX-04-01 MHNCCX-04-03
MHNCCX-06-01 MHNCCX-06-03
MHNCCX-08-01 MHNCCX-08-03
MHNCCX-10-01 MHNCCX-10-03
MHNCCX-12-01 MHNCCX-12-03

319
HVAC Guide Specifications
Direct Expansion and Hot Water Fan Coil
4-Pipe
Nominal Size:
12,000 – 36,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


MHNCCX04
MHNCCX06
MHNCCX08
MHNCCX10
MHNCCX12

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua DX and Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist
corrosion.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested DX and hot water fan coil.
2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Shall be available in 115-1-50/60 and 208/230-1-50/60 vac.
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Internal overload protected.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced.
E. Water Coil:
1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8” copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum
fins.
2. Contain both a manual water drain and manual air bleed port per coil.
3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection.
F. Direct Expansion Coil:
1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8” copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum
fins.
2. Will contain a thermal expansion valve.
3. Coils shall be tested to 350 psig.
4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection.
320
G. Drain Pan:
a. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to
resist corrosion.
b. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation.
c. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a sloped right
hand secondary drain connection.

Part 3-Controls and Safeties


3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or
fan speed control.
C. Controls shall include the following components.
1. 24vac transformer.
2. Fan relays.
3. Optional thermostats.

3.02 Safeties:
A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.
D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block.

Part 5- Accessories:
5.01 Enclosures
A. Fan coils shall be capable of incorporating enclosures.
1. Enclosures shall be internally insulated to insure quite operation and increase efficiency.
2. Shall include knockouts for ease of piping/ electrical in and out of the enclosures.
3. Shall include an optional return air cutout in the enclosure.
4. Shall include a supply air duct flange.
5. Shall incorporate baked polyester powder service access panels with and without a filter louver.

321
MHNCCX Product Specifications

Physical Data
DX H/W Copper Liquid Suction Water Water
Height Length Depth Weight Drain
Model Number Rows Rows Diameter Line Line Inlet Outlet
(in) (in) (in) (lbs) (in)
FPI FPI (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)

MHNCCX04-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 66.0 2-14 2-14 3/8 3/8 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4
MHNCCX06-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 68.2 3-14 2-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4
MHNCCX08-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 72.6 4-14 2-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4
MHNCCX10-01(03) 10 43.7 21.65 74.8 4-14 2-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 3/4
MHNCCX12-01(03) 10 49.68 21.65 83.6 4-14 2-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 3/4

Electrical Data
Fuse or HACR
Nominal Volts/ Phase/ Motor Full Load Circuit Breaker
Model Number Per Circuit
CFM Hertz HP Ampacity
Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps
MHNCCX04-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/8 0.82 1.03 2
400
MHNCCX04-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55 .69 2
MHNCCX06-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/8 1.18 1.48 3
600
MHNCCX06-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55 .69 2
MHNCCX08-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.43 1.79 4
800
MHNCCX08-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55 .69 2
MHNCCX10-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.63 2.04 4
1000
MHNCCX10-03 120-1-60 1/8 1.80 2.25 4
MHNCCX12-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.81 2.26 4
1200
MHNCCX12-03 120-1-60 1/4 3.00 3.75 7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

322
MHCCX DX Cooling Performance Data,
CFM vs. ESP and Glycol Adjustment
Nominal
Model Nominal
Cooling
Number CFM
BTUH
MHNCCX04-01 400 12,000
MHNCCX04-03 400 12,000
MHNCCX06-01 600 18,000
MHNCCX06-03 600 18,000
MHNCCX08-01 800 24,000
MHNCCX08-03 800 24,000
MHNCCX10-01 1,000 30,000
MHNCCX10-03 1,000 30,000
MHNCCX12-01 1,200 36,000
MHNCCX12-01 1,200 36,000

* Cooling based on 75 % Sensible and 25% Latent:


* Fan coils are 13 SEER

CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table


External Static Pressure
Model Number
0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
MHNCCX04 397 373 340 320 0 0
MHNCCX06 634 608 578 544 506 463
MHNCCX08 757 723 700 659 621 582
MHNCCX10 943 914 880 846 812 769
MHNCCX12 1228 1194 1160 1126 1088 1050

Propylene Glycol/GPM Adjustment Factors


Capacity
Ambient Propylene GPM Adjustment
Reduction
Temp Glycol % = 100% Capacity
26° F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01
20° F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03
8° F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07
-5° F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11
-28° F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

323
MHNCCX Heating Capacity Adjustment Factors

HOT WATER CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS


MODEL # MHNCCX04 MHNCCX06 MHNCCX08 MHNCCX10 MHNCCX12
CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC
320 0.88 0.86
350 0.90 0.89
375 0.94 0.93
400 1.00 1.00
425
460
500 0.93 0.92
525 0.95 0.94
550 0.98 0.97
580 1.01 1.02 0.91 0.90
600 1.02 1.03 0.92 0.93
630 1.03 1.04 0.94 0.94
650 0.96 0.97
675 0.98 0.99
700 0.99 0.99
750 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.92
775 0.95 0.93
800 0.96 0.95
850 0.97 0.96
900 0.99 0.98
950 1.00 1.00
1000
1025
1050 0.93 0.93
1100 0.96 0.95
1125 0.97 0.96
1150 0.99 0.98
1200 1.01 1.02
1225 1.03 1.04

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

324
MHNCCX Hot Water Performance Data

MHNCCX-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.0 11.2 13.8 16.4 19.0 21.6 24.2 26.8 29.4 32.0 34.6 37.2
50 400 2.0 3.4 13.4 16.0 18.6 21.2 23.8 26.4 29.0 31.6 34.2 36.8 39.4
3.0 7.0 14.8 17.4 20.0 22.6 25.2 27.8 30.4 33.0 35.6 38.2 40.8

MHNCCX-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.0 8.4 11.0 13.6 16.2 18.8 21.4 24.0 26.7 29.4 32.1 34.8
60 400 2.0 3.4 10.6 13.3 16.0 18.7 21.4 24.1 26.8 29.5 32.2 34.9 37.6
3.0 7.0 12.0 14.7 17.4 20.1 22.8 25.5 28.2 30.9 33.6 36.3 39.0

MHNCCX-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.0 5.8 8.4 11.0 13.6 15.5 18.1 20.0 22.6 24.5 27.1 29.7
70 400 2.0 3.4 7.9 10.6 13.4 16.1 18.9 21.6 24.4 27.1 29.9 32.6 35.3
3.0 7.0 8.8 11.6 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 26.1 28.9 32.0 34.9 37.8

MHNCCX-04 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.0 8.4 5.8 8.4 11.0 12.9 15.5 17.4 20.0 21.9 24.5 27.1
80 400 2.0 3.4 10.5 8.0 10.8 13.5 16.3 19.0 21.8 24.5 27.3 30.0 32.7
3.0 7.0 12.1 9.0 11.8 14.7 17.6 20.4 23.5 26.3 29.4 32.3 35.2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

325
MHNCCX Hot Water Performance Data

MHNCCX-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.1 13.1 17.6 22.1 26.6 31.1 35.6 40.1 44.6 49.1 53.6 58.1
50 600 2.0 3.7 17.5 21.7 25.9 30.1 34.3 38.5 42.7 46.9 51.1 55.3 59.5
3.0 7.6 19.1 23.3 27.5 31.7 35.9 40.1 44.3 48.5 52.7 56.9 61.4

MHNCCX-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.1 12.8 15.4 18.0 20.6 23.2 25.8 28.4 31.0 33.6 36.2 38.8
60 600 2.0 3.7 16.2 18.8 21.4 24.0 26.6 29.2 31.8 34.4 37.0 39.6 42.2
3.0 7.6 17.8 20.4 23.0 25.6 28.2 30.8 33.4 36.0 38.6 41.2 43.8

MHNCCX-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.1 7.9 10.5 13.1 15.7 18.3 20.9 23.5 26.1 28.7 31.3 33.9
70 600 2.0 3.7 11.7 14.3 16.9 19.5 22.1 24.7 27.3 29.9 32.5 35.1 37.7
3.0 7.6 13.3 15.9 18.5 21.1 23.7 26.3 28.9 31.5 34.1 36.7 39.3

MHNCCX-06 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
1.0 1.1 3.3 5.9 8.5 11.1 13.7 16.3 18.9 21.5 24.1 26.7 29.3
80 600 2.0 3.7 7.1 9.7 12.3 14.9 17.5 20.1 22.7 25.3 27.9 30.5 33.1
3.0 7.6 8.7 11.3 13.9 16.5 19.1 21.7 24.3 26.9 29.5 32.1 34.7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

326
MHNCCX Hot Water Performance Data
MHNCCX-08 HEATING CAPACITIES
ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.5 16.8 20.5 24.1 27.7 31.4 35.0 39.0 42.4 46.5 49.7 53.3
50 800 3.0 1.1 19.2 22.8 26.4 30.0 34.7 37.2 43.2 48.0 51.6 55.2 58.8
4.0 1.9 20.5 24.2 27.9 31.6 36.7 39.0 45.7 50.1 54.7 57.5 61.2

MHNCCX-08 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.5 13.5 17.2 20.9 24.6 28.2 32.0 35.8 39.4 43.3 46.8 50.5
60 800 3.0 1.1 15.8 19.5 23.2 26.9 31.5 .34.3 40.0 41.9 48.4 52.8 56.5
4.0 1.9 17.3 21.0 24.7 28.4 33.5 35.8 42.5 46.9 51.5 54.3 58.0

MHNCCX-08 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.5 10.5 14.1 17.7 21.3 25.0 28.5 32.6 35.7 40.1 42.9 46.5
70 800 3.0 1.1 12.6 16.3 20.0 23.7 28.3 34.8 36.8 42.2 45.2 49.6 53.3
4.0 1.9 14.1 17.8 21.5 25.2 30.3 32.6 39.3 43.7 48.3 51.1 54.8

MHNCCX-08 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.5 7.1 10.8 14.5 18.2 21.8 25.6 29.4 33.0 36.9 40.4 44.1
80 800 3.0 1.1 9.4 13.1 16.8 20.5 25.1 27.9 33.6 35.3 42.0 46.4 50.1
4.0 1.9 10.9 14.6 18.3 22.0 27.1 33.1 36.1 40.5 45.1 47.9 51.6

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

327
MHNCCX Hot Water Performance Data

MHNCCX-10 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 19.5 23.7 28.0 32.3 36.5 40.7 45.2 49.2 53.9 57.7 62.0
50 1000 3.0 1.4 23.5 27.8 32.2 36.6 40.9 45.3 50.9 53.9 60.8 62.7 67.0
4.0 2.4 26.1 30.5 34.8 39.2 43.5 47.9 54.2 58.6 64.9 69.4 73.9

MHNCCX-10 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 15.6 19.9 24.3 28.7 32.8 37.4 41.5 46.1 50.2 54.7 59.1
60 1000 3.0 1.4 19.8 24.2 28.5 32.9 37.2 41.6 47.2 52.2 57.1 62.1 67.0
4.0 2.4 22.4 26.8 31.1 35.5 39.8 44.2 50.5 55.5 61.2 65.4 70.3

MHNCCX-10 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 12.1 16.4 20.6 24.9 29.1 33.4 37.8 41.9 46.5 50.4 54.6
70 1000 3.0 1.4 16.1 20.5 24.8 29.5 33.5 38.5 43.5 48.4 53.4 58.3 63.2
4.0 2.4 18.7 23.1 27.4 31.8 36.1 41.1 46.8 51.0 57.5 60.9 65.8

MHNCCX-10 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 8.4 12.7 16.9 21.3 25.4 29.8 34.1 38.5 42.8 47.2 51.5
80 1000 3.0 1.4 12.4 16.8 21.1 25.5 29.8 34.2 39.8 42.9 49.7 54.7 59.6
4.0 2.4 15.0 19.4 23.7 28.1 32.4 36.8 43.1 48.1 53.8 58.0 62.9

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

328
MHNCCX Hot Water Performance Data

MHNCCX-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 20.0 24.8 29.6 34.4 39.2 44.0 49.0 53.6 58.7 63.2 68.0
50 1200 3.0 1.5 23.8 28.6 33.4 38.2 44.6 47.8 56.0 61.1 67.3 72.9 78.6
4.0 2.4 26.3 31.1 35.9 40.7 48.0 53.0 60.3 66.3 72.6 78.3 84.3

MHNCCX-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 16.8 21.6 26.4 31.2 36.0 40.8 45.8 51.4 55.5 60.0 64.8
60 1200 3.0 1.5 19.0 24.6 30.2 35.8 41.4 47.0 52.8 58.2 64.1 69.4 76.0
4.0 2.4 20.6 26.7 32.7 38.7 44.8 50.9 57.1 62.9 69.4 75.1 81.1

MHNCCX-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 13.6 18.4 23.2 28.0 32.8 37.6 42.6 47.2 52.3 56.8 61.6
70 1200 3.0 1.5 15.8 21.4 27.0 32.6 38.2 43.8 49.6 55.0 60.9 66.2 71.8
4.0 2.4 17.4 23.5 29.5 35.6 41.6 47.7 53.9 59.8 66.2 71.8 77.9

MHNCCX-12 HEATING CAPACITIES


ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE (°F)
GPM WPD
AIR (°F) CFM 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° 190° 200°
2.0 0.7 10.4 15.2 20.0 24.5 29.6 34.4 39.4 44.0 49.1 53.6 58.8
80 1200 3.0 1.5 12.6 18.2 23.8 29.4 35.0 40.6 46.4 51.8 57.7 63.0 58.6
4.0 2.4 14.2 20.3 26.3 32.4 38.4 44.5 50.7 56.6 63.0 68.7 74.7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

329
330
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL horizontal configuration only and into an


Read the entire contents of this manual enclosure assembly. The enclosure assembly
before beginning installation. Multiaqua can be ordered separately or field fabricated
assumes no responsibility for equipment by the installing contractor. See figure 2 for
installed contradictory to any code enclosure part numbers, dimensions and
requirement or installation instructions. weights. See document number 030710001
The components of this fan coil have for enclosure assembly and installation
been inspected at the factory and readied instructions. See figure 3 for fan coil only
for shipment. Upon receiving the dimensions.
shipment a visual inspection of the The coil hand of connection is field
packaging must be performed. reversible. See figures 4-6 for converting the
coil hand of connection.
If any damage to the packaging is
discovered, an inspection of the
components must be performed and
noted on the delivery documents. If
component damage is found a damage FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
claim must be filed by the receiving party MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS)
against the delivery party immediately. MHNCCX04 66.0
This product is designed and MHNCCX06 68.2
manufactured to permit installation in MHNCCX08 72.6
accordance with national codes. It is the MHNCCX10 74.8
installer’s responsibility to install the
MHNCCX12 83.6
product in accordance with national
codes and / or prevailing local codes and
Figure 1
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS
structural integrity of the supporting ENCLOSURE FAN COIL (us)
members, clearances and provisions for PART NUMBER SIZE Depth Length Height Weight
servicing, power supply, coil connections MPE468 4 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
and/or condensate removal. Before the MPE468 6 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
installation ensure the structural strength
MPE468 8 32.75 39.75 11.00 26
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the MPE10 10 32.75 45.75 11.00 30
fan coils. MPE12 12 32.75 51.75 11.00 34
This unit is designed to be installed in a Figure 2

331
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
MHNCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

FAN COIL DIMENSIONS

Fan Coil A B C D E F
Model Number
MHNCCX04 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65
MHNCCX06 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65
MHNCCX08 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65
MHNCCX10 43.70 40.55 37.40 10.00 5.51 21.65
MHNCCX12 49.68 46.53 43.38 10.00 5.51 21.65

Air Vent
.5”
Hot Water Supply

Hot Water Return

D E
TXV & Liquid
Line

Suction Line
Coil Drain

.75” (MPT)
1” Condensate
F Drain Connection
B (Both Ends)
C

A
Mounting Notches

Drain Pan

Figure 3

332
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
CONVERTING COIL
HAND OF CONNECTION Figure 4

1. Remove the eleven screws that


attach the top to the fan coil
assembly and remove the top.
Figure 4

2. Remove the sixteen screws


that hold the coils into the fan coil
frame assembly. Four screws per
each side of the coils.
Figure 5

3 Slide the coils out of the fan


coil frame assembly toward the Figure 5
coil headers. Ensure that care is
taken when removing and
inserting the coils not to damage
the coil fins. Insert the coils into
the fan coil frame assembly from
the other end and reverse
procedures 4 & 5 to reassemble
the fan coil.
Figure 6

Figure 6

333
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL
UNIT INTO ENCLOSURE
ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the ten screws that


attach the electrical assembly to
the fan coil unit. Do not separate
the electrical assembly from the
blower assembly. These two Figure 7
assemblies will be removed in the
next step.
Figure 7

2. Remove the five screws


attaching the blower assembly to
the coil assembly. Separate the
electrical and blower assemblies
from the coil assembly.
Figure 8

3. Insert the coil assembly into


the enclosure assembly starting
with the discharge air opening of Figure 8
the coil first. Ensure that the
discharge of the coil is inserted
into the discharge of the
enclosure completely. Failure to
completely insert the coil
discharge will result in
recirculation of the discharge air.
Figure 9

Figure 9

334
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

4. Align the fan coil mounting


bolts up with the four mounting
notches provided in the coil
assembly top. Secure the coil
assembly to the enclosure with
two mounting bolts per side.
Ensure that the coil assembly is
level in both directions to allow
proper drainage and operation.
Figure 10

5. Reinstall the blower assembly Figure 10


onto the coil assembly using the
five screws previously removed
in step 2 figure 8.
Figure 11

6. Reinstall the electrical


assembly onto the coil assembly
using the ten screws previously
removed in step 1 figure 7.
Figure 12

ELECTRICAL, COIL,
DRAIN AND RETURN /
SUPPLY AIR LOCATIONS Figure 11

7. There are multiple entry points


on the factory supplied enclosure
assembly for water lines,
condensate lines, refrigerant lines
and electrical connections. If a
non-louvered service access panel
is used or if an alternate return air
location is required an optional
return air cutout is provided.
Figure 13

Figure 12

335
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHNCCX Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

ELECTRICAL &
CONDENSATE DRAIN
8. There are four termination
points for the electrical wiring.
There are two on each side of the
electrical box. See pages 341 & 342
for electrical drawings. Wiring
must be installed according to
Optional Return
prevailing codes and regulations. Entry Points Air Cutout
The fan coil unit has one Typical Both Ends
condensate drain connection on
either side of the drain pan for Figure 13
either left or right hand drain
connection. The opposite drain
connection not being used must be Left and Right Hand Drain Connections
capped off by the installing
contractor. The middle drain
connection is the safety condensate Figure 14
Electrical Terminations Points
drain connection. Ensure that all
condensate drain lines have at least
one quarter of an inch of fall per
foot for proper drainage.
Figure 14
Safety Drain Connection

COIL CONNECTIONS
9. The fan coil unit comes with a
manual air bleed and a manual coil Figure 14
drain fitting on the hot water coil.
The water supply line is to be Manual Coil Air Bleed Water Supply
connected to the coil connection
furthest away from the fans. The
water return line is connected to the Water Return
Manual Coil Drain
coil connection closest to the fans.
The DX coil comes with a factory Liquid Line & TXV
installed TXV. Ensure that the
supply / return lines on the water Suction Line
coil, the DX suction line and the
DX liquid line after the TXV are
insulated per code.
Figure 15
Figure 15
Figure 15

336
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS

10. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor
must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is
required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame
adheres to national codes and / or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing
the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel.
Figure 16 & 17

11. Filters are not supplied with the fan coil unit or the service access panel. The filter(s) must be
supplied by the installing contractor. If a louvered service access panel is used the filter will mount
on the under side of the hinged access panel. If the optional return air cutout is used it is
recommended that a return air filter grille be used that has the same surface area as the
recommended filter sizes.
Figure 18

Fan Coil Mounting Bolts


Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure

Optional Return Air Cutout


Supply Duct Flange

Frame Enclosure
Supplied By Ceiling
Installing Contractor

Hinged Service Access Panel Return Air Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP)
Louvered Panel Shown

Figure 16

337
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

SERVICE ACCESS PANEL DIMENSIONS


Louvered & Non-Louvered
Fan
A B C
Coil (in) (in) (in)
Panel Model Number Size
MAP468L (NL) 4 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP468L (NL) 6 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP468L (NL) 8 43.25 27.5 1.5
MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 1.5
MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 1.5

C
(typ) Figure 17

FAN COIL RECOMMENDED FILTER


MODEL SIZES
NUMBER Width (in) Length (in)
MHNCCX04 18 36
MHNCCX06 18 36
MHNCCX08 18 36
MHNCCX10 18 36
MHNCCX12 2 qty 18 24
Figure 18

338
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

12. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork.
Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange that the screws are at least one and half inches away from
the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure
assembly when duct work will be installed before the fan coil is installed.
Figure 19

SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLANGE


Fan
A B
Enclosure Model Number Coil (in) (in)
Size
MAP468L(NL) 4 6 31.75
MAP468L(NL) 6 6 31.75
MAP468L(NL) 8 6 31.75
MAP10L (NL) 10 6 37.75
MAP12L (NL) 12 6 43.75

B
Figure 19

339
INSTALLATION & OPERATION
MANUAL
MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons

MAITENANCE and/or replacements in the event the


unit fails to operate or is being
1. Air Filter(s): serviced. If fuses are used, ensure
Filters are an essential part of the that the replacement fuses are of the
quality of air that is provided to the same size and type as the ones you
occupants. Never operate HVAC are replacing. It is a good idea to
equipment without filters. Filters keep replacement fuses of the
help remove dust and unwanted appropriate size and type on hand.
particles from the air stream,
helping to keep the space clean. 3. Routine Check Up and Service:
They also keep this debris from This product is designed to
collecting on the heat transfer provide many years of dependable,
surfaces of the unit thus trouble free comfort when properly
maintaining optimum equipment maintained. Proper maintenance
efficiency and performance. These will consist of routine filter
filters will be located either in the cleanings/changes, bi-annual check
unit or upstream from the unit in ups that include but not limited to
the return air ductwork. Filters must filter inspections, inspections
be inspected, cleaned and/or /cleaning of the internal electrical
changed routinely. This routine and heat transfer components by a
maintenance procedure will allow qualified service technician. Failure
the unit to continually operate as to provide periodic check ups and
designed, reduce service expenses cleaning can result in excessive
and extend equipment/component operating cost and/or equipment
life. failure.

2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers:


This unit must be connected to
the buildings electric service in
accordance with local/national
electrical codes and regulations.
These electrical connections will
include over current protection in
the form of fuses or circuit
breakers. Have your contractor
identify/label the circuits and the
location of them so that you may be
in a position to make inspections

340
MHNCCX-xx-01 Wiring Diagram
208/230/-1-50/60

341
MHNCCX-xx-03 Wiring Diagram
120-1-50/60

342
MHNCCX CERTIFIED DRAWING

343
MHWX Direct Expansion
Hi-Wall Fan Coil
Direct Expansion Fan Coil 9,000 - 36,000 BTUH

344
MHWX NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
Direct Expansion Hi-Wall Fan Coil

MHWX- XX - X -1

Voltage
Hi-Wall 1=208/230/-1-50/60
Direct Expansion
Modes
C = DX Cooling Only
H = DX Heat Pump

Nominal BTUH
09=9,000
12=12,000
18=18,000
24=24,000
36=36,000

Available Model Numbers

MHWX-09-C-1 MHWX-09-H-1
MHWX-12-C-1 MHWX-12-H-1
MHWX-18-C-1 MHWX-18-H-1
MHWX-24-C-1 MHWX-24-H-1
MHWX-36-C-1 MHWX-36-H-1

345
HVAC Guide Specifications
Direct Expansion Hi-Wall Fan Coil

Nominal Size:
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


MHWX-09
MHWX-12
MHWX-18
MHWX-24
MHWX-36

Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua Direct Expansion Fan Coils are manufactured with high impact molded polymers.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled direct expansion fan coil.
2. Shall be assembled with high quality.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of high impact polymers.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac.
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Internal overload protected.
4. Unit shall contain a swing motor to modulate the discharge air.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are tangential and dynamically balanced.
E. DX Coil:
1. Coils manufactured with 3/8” rifled copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins.
2. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
F. Drain Pan:
1. All drain pans shall be molded with high impact polymers.
2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation.
3. Pans shall contain a flexible drain tubing that is accessible from the back of the unit.

346
G. Filters:
1. Unit shall contain 65% washable filters.

Part 3-Controls and Safeties


3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. Shall be capable of heat pump operation.
C. Controls shall include a circuit board, room sensor, indoor coil thermistor, transformer and wireless
remote.
D. Controls shall be capable of incorporating an optional hard-wired thermostat.

3.02 Safeties:
A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer.
B. Discharge air sensor.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Unit shall incorporate a three prong male primary electrical power cord.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.

347
MHWX Product Specifications & Capacity

Physical Data
Coil Copper Liquid Suction
Model Height Width Depth Weight Drain
Rows Diameter Line Line
Number (in) (in) (in) (lbs) (in)
FPI (in) (in) (in)
MHWX-09 11.70 34.60 7.10 20.00 2-20 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2
MHWX-12 12.00 39.00 7.10 22.00 2-14 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2
MHWX-18 14.20 46.10 8.10 35.60 2-16 3/8 5/16 1/2 3/4
MHWX-24 14.20 46.10 8.10 37.40 3-17 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4
MHWX-36 14.40 57.10 8.50 54.00 3-18 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4

Electrical Data
Fuse or HACR
Hi Volts/ Circuit Breaker Per
Motor Full Load
Model Number Speed Phase/ Circuit
HP Ampacity
CFM Hertz Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps

MHWX-09-C-01 270 1/50 0.07 .09 1


208/230-1-50/60

MHWX-12-C-01 330 1/50 0.07 .09 1

MHWX-18-C-01 480 1/20 0.15 .19 1

MHWX-24-C-01 600 1/20 0.15 .19 1

MHWX-36-C-01 850 1/12 0.26 .33 1

Performance Data
Nominal
Model Number Cooling
CFM
Capacity

MHWX-09-C-1 270 9,000

MHWX-12-C-1 330 12,000

MHWX-18-C-1 480 18,000

MHWX-24-C-1 600 24,000

MHWX-36-C-1 850 36,000

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

348
\

349
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000-36,000 BTUH

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL horizontal configuration only. See figure 2


Read the entire contents of this manual for fan coil and mounting plate dimensions.
before beginning installation. Multiaqua
assumes no responsibility for equipment
installed contradictory to any code
requirement or installation instructions.
The components of this fan coil have
been inspected at the factory and readied
for shipment. Upon receiving the
shipment a visual inspection of the
packaging must be performed. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
If any damage to the packaging is MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (lbs)
discovered, an inspection of the MHWX-09-C-1 20.00
components must be performed and MHWX-12-C-1 22.00
noted on the delivery documents. If MHWX-18-C-1 35.60
component damage is found a damage MHWX-24-C-1 37.40
claim must be filed by the receiving party MHWX-36-C-1 54.00
against the delivery party immediately.
This product is designed and Figure 1
manufactured to permit installation in
accordance with national codes. It is the
installer’s responsibility to install the
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the
structural integrity of the supporting
members, clearances and provisions for
servicing, power supply, coil connections
and/or condensate removal. Before the
installation ensure the structural strength
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the
fan coils.
This unit is designed to be installed in a

350
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000-36,000 BTUH

FAN COIL AND MOUNTING PLATE DIMENSIONS (in)


K L
Fan Coil Model Field Field
A B C D E F G H I J
Number Supplied Supplied
Hole Hole
MHWX-09 34.6 11.7 7.5 7.5 3.5 2.7 1.6 0.8 1.8 0.8 2.8 2.8
MHWX-12 39.0 12.0 7.5 7.5 3.6 2.7 1.5 1.1 1.7 1.0 2.8 2.8
MHWX-18 46.0 14.2 3.8 3.8 6.1 2.4 2.4 1.7 2.4 1.8 2.8 2.8
MHWX-24 46.0 14.2 3.8 3.8 6.1 2.4 2.4 1.7 2.4 1.8 2.8 2.8
MHWX-36 57.1 14.4 4.0 4.0 6.1 2.8 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.8 2.8 2.8

C
D

B Mounting Plate

H G I J
E F
L
K

Figure 2

351
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING THE MOUNTING
Figure 3
PLATE

1. After a suitable place for installation


has been selected, place the mounting
plate horizontally on the wall. Make sure
the alignment is horizontal. Use a plumb
line if available. Mark on the wall where
the mounting holes will be drilled.

Figure 3

2. Drill the holes for the type of


mounting hardware to be used. Check
local building codes for correct mounting
hardware. Secure the mounting plate and
check for stiffness. Figure 4

3 Drill a diagonal piping access hole (2


.75”) in diameter on both sides of the
mounting bracket. Refer to figure 2 for
field supplied hole locations

Figure 4

4. Check local and national codes for


piping access wall penetrations. See
figure 5 if wall sleeves are required.

Figure 5
Figure 5

352
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL
UNIT ONTO MOUNTING
PLATE

1. Route the fan coil piping,


electrical, condenser control wires
and/or flexible drain hose through
either of the 2.75” previously
drilled holes in step 3 figure 4. Figure 6
Ensure that the piping is insulated
per local and national codes.
Improper insulation could result
in voided warranty and/or
building damage.

Figure 6

2. There is a piping channel in the


bottom portion of the back of the
units for crossover piping, drain,
condenser control wires and/or
electrical. Figure 7
Figure 7

3. The TXV can be installed at


the unit or condenser. Ensure that
the liquid is insulated completely
if the TXV is installed at the
condenser.

4. Figure 8 depicts (from the


back of the unit) the 24 vac
condenser control wires on the
left and the 220 vac power cord
on the right. These can be routed
to either the right or left hand side Figure 8
of the fan coil.

Figure 8

353
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT
ONTO MOUNTING PLATE

4. Ensure that the drain tubing is


installed with at least 1/4” per foot
of downward slope.

5. Secure the fan coil to the mounting Figure 9


plate by first sliding the fan coil onto
the two notches provided on the
mounting plate.
Figure 9 & 10

6. Push the bottom of the fan coil


towards the wall in order to engage the
locking clips.
Figure 11

7. Connect the refrigerant lines and


pressure test lines to make sure there
are no leaks.

8. Connect the condensate drain hose. Figure 10


Make certain that the drain has no traps
or dips in the line that would impede
drainage.

9. Carefully seal any wall penetrations


per local and national codes.

Figure 11

354
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


Wireless Control: Standard Control Package (Page 355)

Optional Wired Control: EG-003 (Page 361)

355
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE

Wireless Control:
Name and function of remote controller

Note:
• Be sure there are no obstructions between receiver and remote controller.
• The remote control signal can be received at the distance of up to about 21 feet.
• Do not throw or drop the remote controller.
• Do not put any liquid in the remote controller and do not put it in direct sunlight
or any place where it is very hot.
• Remove batteries when the remote controller is not in use for extended periods of
time.
• The remote controller should be placed 3 or more feet away from any electric
appliance.

LED MODE INDICATOR FOR REMOTE CONTROLLER:

INDICATOR REMOTE
LIGHTS SETTING FUNCTION
RED-GREEN COOL COOLING OPERATION ONLY
RED-OFF DRY HUMIDITY CONTROL,NO FAN
RED-RED HEAT HEATING OPERATION ONLY
RED-OFF FAN FAN OPERATION ONLY
RED-BLINKING AUTO AUTO SELECTION BETWEEN HEAT & COOL
DEPENDENT ON ROOM TEMP & SET TEMP
RED-ORANGE ALERT FAN COIL WAITING FOR LAT TO REACH PROPER
TEMPERATURE NECESSARY TO SATISFY SET POINT

356
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


FUNCTION
1. TRANSMISSION SOURCE
- Infra red transmission source

2. POWER
- Press to turn the fan coil on and off or vice versa.
(Red LED left will light to indicate the control is on)

3. MODE
- To select desired operation mode.
It will switch from one to another as shown.
COOL - Cooling operation.
DRY - Humidity control.
HEAT - Heating operation.
FAN - Fan only. No cooling or heating capability.
AUTO - Operation mode will be selected automatically between HEAT and
COOL mode, depending upon the room temperature and SET temperature.

4. FAN
- To select fan speed. It will switch from one to another as shown below.
- When the system temperature sensor is not calling for cool or heat the fan will
run at the speed previously entered in fan mode selection (high, medium or low).
- If auto was the previously entered fan speed in cooling: The fan will run at low
speed until the temperature sensor calls for either heating or cooling at which
point the fan will return to auto speed control

Fan Speed Sequence

357
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


FUNCTION
5. TEMPERATURE SETTING
- Press “▲” to increase set temperature.
- Press “▼” to decrease set temperature.
- Press “▲” and “▼” Simultaneously to toggle between °C and °F display mode.
- Temperature range: 16 C to 30°C in °C display mode and 60°F to 86°F in °F
display mode.

6. DELAY TIMER SETTING


- The delay timer is capable of delaying both on and off functions. The delay
feature will take affect in all modes with the exception of the sleep mode. Each
time the “▲” and “▼” is pressed it increases or decreases the On or OFF set
point by 1 hour; up to a maximum of 18 hours.
To set the OFF DELAY:
With the system in operation, enter the system OFF time by pressing the “▲”
button to the desired number of hours ahead that the system will be allowed to
run. When the number of hours entered has elapsed the system will turn off.

To set the ON DELAY:


- Set the on delay by entering the desired mode of operation (fan, heat, cool and
the appropriate temperature. This will be the settings the system will follow
when operation resumes. After setting the mode and any applicable
temperature with the control, turn the remote off. Now enter the number of
hours to elapse before operation resumes by pressing the “▲” button on the
remote to the desired number. When the time (in hours) entered has elapsed
the system will resume operation according to the pre-set mode and
temperature.

358
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


7. CANCEL
- To cancel any setting on the delay timer.
8. LOUVER
- Two different functions are available:
1. To set the louver stop position. There are 4 angles available. The sequence is as
follows.

2. To set the louver swing (continuous motion). The sequence is as follows.

9. SLEEP
- This function when selected will allow the user to determine a “sleep” period. In
cooling the selected temperature will rise to 1° above set point in 1/2 hour,
rising to 2° in 1 hour, rising again to 4° after 2 hours of the SLEEP CYCLE.

SLEEP FUNCTION DISPLAY


10. DRY
- This function operates to control humidity within a conditioned space. It
measures the difference between set point and the actual room temperature.
An algorithm determines how far above set point the actual room temperature is
to set point temperature and selects periods of condenser operation and low fan
operation. The greater the difference between room temperature and set point
temperature prompts greater run time with less temperature. With less
temperature differences, periods of fan and condenser operation are called for in
varying increments as determined by the difference. In this mode (low speed) fan
operation will start 30 seconds after condenser has started and stops 30 seconds
after condenser has stopped.

359
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


11. AUTO
- This function will automatically control the system switching between heating and
cooling operation. If the present auto mode is cooling, a switch to heating
operation will begin only if the actual room temperature is 7° below selected
control set point. If the present auto mode is heating, a switch to cooling operation
will begin only when the room temperature is 3° above selected control set point.

12. TRANSMISSION INDICATOR


- Blinks twice to indicate that transmission has taken place between remote and
receiver.
- Beeps indicate fan coil acknowledging receipt of transmission.

TRANSMISSION INDICATOR

13. HOW TO INSERT BATTERIES


1. Remove the battery cover from the back of the remote
2. Insert the (2) AAA batteries. Ensure that the polarity of the batteries is as shown
inside of the battery compartment.
3. Re-attach the battery compartment cover.

360
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE

Optional Wired Control: EG-003


LED MODE INDICATOR FOR REMOTE CONTROLLER:
INDICATOR LIGHTS SETTING FUNCTION
RED-GREEN COOL COOLING OPERATION ONLY
RED-RED HEAT HEATING OPERATION ONLY
RED-BLINKING AUTO AUTO SELECTION BETWEEN HEAT & COOL
RED-OFF FAN FAN OPERATION ONLY

1. POWER
- Press to turn the fan coil on and off or vice versa.
2. MODE
- To select desired operation mode.
It will switch from one to another as shown.
COOL - Cooling operation.
HEAT - Heating operation.
FAN - Fan only. No cooling or heating capability.
AUTO - Operation mode will be selected automatically between HEAT and
COOL mode, depending upon the room temperature and SET temperature.

3. FAN
- - To select fan speed. It will switch from one to another as shown below.
- When the system temperature sensor is not calling for cool or heat the fan will run at
the speed previously entered in fan mode selection (high, medium or low).
- If auto was the previously entered fan speed in cooling: The fan will run at low speed
until the temperature sensor calls for either heating or cooling at which point the fan
will return to auto speed control

Fan Speed Sequence

361
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils
9,000 – 36,000 BTUH

MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE


FUNCTION
4. TEMPERATURE SETTING
- Press “▲” to increase set temperature.
- Press “▼” to decrease set temperature.
- Press “▲” and “▼” Simultaneously to toggle between °C and °F display mode.
- Temperature range: 16 C to 30°C in °C display mode and 60°F to 86°F in °F
display mode.

5. CANCEL
- To cancel any setting on the delay timer.
6. LOUVER
- Two different functions are available:
1. To set the louver stop position. There are 4 angles available. The sequence is as follows.

2. To set the louver swing (continuous motion). The sequence is as follows.

7. AUTO
- This function will automatically control the system switching between heating and
cooling operation. If the present auto mode is cooling, a switch to heating
operation will begin only if the actual room temperature is 7° below selected
control set point. If the present auto mode is heating, a switch to cooling operation
will begin only when the room temperature is 3° above selected control set point.

362
MHWX-09-H-1 & MHWX-12-H-1 Wiring Diagram

208/230/-1-50/60

363
MHWX-18-H-1 Wiring Diagram

208/230/-1-50/60

364
MHWX-24-H-1 Wiring Diagram

208/230-1-50/60

365
MHWX-36-H-1 Wiring Diagram
208/230-1-50/60

366
MHWX-09-C-1 & MHWX-12-C-1 Wiring Diagram
208/230/-1-50/60

367
MHWX-18-C-1 Wiring Diagram

208/230/-01-50/60

368
MHWX-24-C-1 Wiring Diagram

208/230/-1-50/60

369
MHWX-36-C-1 Wiring Diagram

208/230-1-50/60

370
MHWX CERTIFIED DRAWING

371
FSFCA Direct Expansion
Universal Mount Fan Coil
Direct Expansion Fan Coil 12,000 - 60,000 BTUH

372
FSFCA NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
Direct Expansion Universal Mount Fan Coil

FSFCA- XX - 1 - U

Control Option
Universal Mount 24 vac Ready
Direct Expansion
Voltage
208/230/-1-50/60

Nominal Tons
04 = 1 Ton
06 = 1.5 Ton
08 = 2 Ton
12 = 3 Ton
16 = 4 Ton
20 = 5 Ton

Available Model Numbers

FSFCA-04-1-U
FSFCA-06-1-U
FSFCA-08-1-U
FSFCA-12-1-U
FSFCA-16-1-U
FSFCA-20-1-U

373
HVAC Guide Specifications
Direct Expansion Universal Mount Fan Coil

Nominal Size:
12,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Multiaqua Model Number:


FSFCA-04-1-U
FSFCA-06-1-U
FSFCA-08-1-U
FSFCA-12-1-U
FSFCA-16-1-U
FSFCA-20-1-U
Part 1-General
1.01 System Description
Multiaqua direct expansion fan coils are manufactured with galvanized steel and high impact molded polymers.

1.02 Quality Assurance


A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.)
B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard.
C. Fully load tested at the factory.
D. Damage resistant packaging.

1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling


A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory.
B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150°F storage temperatures in the control compartment.
C. Stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Part 2-Product
2.01 Equipment
A. General:
1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested direct expansion fan coil.
2. Shall be assembled with high quality.
3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special
accessories required prior to start up.
B. Unit Cabinet:
1. Composed of high impact polymers.
2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation.
C. Fan Motors:
1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac.
1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type.
2. Totally enclosed.
3. Internal overload protected.
4. Unit shall contain a swing motor to modulate the discharge air.
D. Blower Wheels:
1. Blower wheels are tangential and dynamically balanced.
E. DX Coil:
1. Coils manufactured with 3/8” rifled copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins.
2. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig.
F. Drain Pan:
1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to
resist corrosion.
2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation.
3. Pans shall contain a drain tubing that is accessible from the back, bottom and side of the unit.

374
G. Filters:
1. Unit shall contain 65% washable filters.

Part 3-Controls and Safeties


3.01 Controls
A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested.
B. Unit shall include a terminal block that is capable of incorporating a 24 vac thermostat.
C. Controls shall be capable of incorporating an optional hard-wired thermostat.

3.02 Safeties:
A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer.

Part 4-Operating Characteristics:


4.01 Electrical Requirements
A. Electrical shall include a terminal block.
B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120°F operating ambient temperatures.

375
FSFCA Product Specifications & Capacity

Physical Data
Coil Copper Liquid Suction
Height Width Depth Weight Drain
Model Number Rows Diameter Line Line
(in) (in) (in) (lbs) (in)
FPI (in) (in) (in)
FSFCA-04-1-U 25.72 38.32 9.20 88.00 2-13 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2
FSFCA-06-1-U 25.72 38.32 9.20 90.20 3-13 3/8 3/8 5/8 1/2
FSFCA-08-1-U 25.72 38.32 9.20 96.80 4-13 3/8 3/8 5/8 1/2
FSFCA-12-1-U 25.72 62.32 9.20 143.00 3-13 3/8 3/8 5/8 1/2
FSFCA-16-1-U 25.72 74.32 9.20 154.00 3-14 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/2
FSFCA-20-1-U 25.72 74.32 9.20 156.20 4-14 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/2

Electrical Data
Fuse or HACR
Hi Volts/ Circuit Breaker Per
Full Load
Model Number Speed Phase/ Motor HP Circuit
Ampacity
CFM Hertz Minimum Maximum
Amps Amps
FSFCA-04-1-U 400 1/15 0.54 .68 2
208/230-1-50/60

FSFCA-06-1-U 500 1/15 0.54 .68 2


FSFCA-08-1-U 550 1/8 1.59 1.99 3
FSFCA-12-1-U 750 1/8 & 1/20 2.09 2.49 4
FSFCA-16-1-U 1150 1/8 x 2 3.18 3.58 5
FSFCA-20-1-U 1200 1/8 x 2 3.18 3.58 5

Performance Data

Nominal
Model Number Cooling
CFM
Capacity

FSFCA-04-1-U 400 12,000

FSFCA-06-1-U 500 18,000

FSFCA-08-1-U 550 24,000

FSFCA-12-1-U 750 36,000

FSFCA-16-1-U 1150 48,000

FSFCA-20-1-U 1200 60,000

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

376
377
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
FSFCA Universal Mount Fan Coils
12,000-60,000 BTUH

-------------------------------------- CAUTION --------------------------------------


Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
cause injury.

GENERAL horizontal or vertical configuration. Fan coil


Read the entire contents of this manual can be mounted on a wall or ceiling. See
before beginning installation. Multiaqua figure 2 for fan coil and mounting bracket
assumes no responsibility for equipment dimensions.
installed contradictory to any code
requirement or installation instructions.
The components of this fan coil have
been inspected at the factory and readied
for shipment. Upon receiving the
shipment a visual inspection of the FAN COIL APPROXIMATED
packaging must be performed. MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (lbs)
If any damage to the packaging is FSFCA-04-1-U 88.00
discovered, an inspection of the FSFCA-06-1-U 90.20
components must be performed and FSFCA-08-1-U 96.80
noted on the delivery documents. If FSFCA-12-1-U 143.00
component damage is found a damage FSFCA-16-1-U 154.00
claim must be filed by the receiving party
FSFCA-20-1-U 256.20
against the delivery party immediately.
This product is designed and
manufactured to permit installation in Figure 1
accordance with national codes. It is the
installer’s responsibility to install the
product in accordance with national
codes and/or prevailing local codes and
regulations.
Care must be taken to ensure the
structural integrity of the supporting
members, clearances and provisions for
servicing, power supply, coil connections
and/or condensate removal. Before the
installation ensure the structural strength
of the supporting members is sufficient.
See figure 1 for hanging weights of the
fan coils.
This unit is designed to be installed in a

378
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
FSFCA Universal Mount Fan Coil
12,000-60,000 BTUH

FSFCA Mounting Bracket Dimensions


(in)
Model Number A B
FSFCA-04-1-U 36.49 13.00
FSFCA-06-1-U 36.49 13.00
FSFCA-08-1-U 36.49 13.00
FSFCA-12-1-U 48.30 13.00
FSFCA-16-1-U 71.97 13.00
FSFCA-20-1-U 71.97 13.00

BACK
B typ

Figure 2

379
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
FSFCA Universal Mount Fan Coils
12,000 – 60,000 BTUH

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING THE MOUNTING
BRACKETS AND UNIT
Figure 3
1. The unit should be installed for
horizontal and vertical discharge
applications only.

2. Select position for unit and define


direction of DX piping, drain and
electrical wiring. Access to the above can
be obtained from the right hand side
bottom, back and side. See page 355 for
access dimensions.

Figure 3, 4 and 5

3. Remove mounting brackets from both Figure 4


sides of unit.

Figure 6

4. Prepare mounting bolts for mounting


unit under ceiling or on a wall at the
distance provided in figure 2.

5. Select a location that permits even air


flow throughoput the room.

6. Select a location that has enough


service space when the unit is mounted
under the ceiling or on the wall
Figure 5

380
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
FSFCA Universal Mount Fan Coils
12,000 – 60,000 BTUH

Piping Locations

381
INSTALLATION & OPERATING
MANUAL
FSFCA Universal Mount Fan Coils
12,000 – 60,000 BTUH

-------- CAUTION -------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLING THE MOUNTING
BRACKETS AND UNIT
Figure 6
7. Carefully place fan coil into place and
align mounting holes in fan coil to the
holes in the mounting bracket. Typical
both sides.
Figure 6

8. Connections to the indoor unit are


flared connections for both the liquid and
suction lines to the fan coil.

Figure 7

9. Ensure tubing and fittings are in line


with another before tightening nut to
allow concentric seating of tube onto Figure 7
flare nut as to prevent leakage.

10. If installing a TXV at the condenser,


ensure that the liquid line is properly
insulated.

11. Connect the field drain line to the


clear drain tubing provided on the drain
pan of the fan coil. Ensure the drain line
has a ¼” of fall per foot. Insulate the
condensate drain line to prevent
sweating.

Figure 8

382
FSFCA-xx-1-U Wiring Diagram
208/230/-1-50/60

383
FSFCA CERTIFIED DRAWING

384
20 Gallon Liquid Solution Storage Tank

MA X SHIPPING DIMENSIONS (in)


MODEL # GA LLONS
(ps ig) W EIGHT A B C
W X202H 20 75 34 lbs 15 3/8 31 5/8 13 5/8

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

385
42 Gallon Liquid Solution Storage Tank

MA X SHIPPING DIMENSIONS (in)


MODEL # GA LLONS
(ps ig) W EIGHT A B C
W X422H 42 75 59 lbs 20 36 17.8

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

386
Expansion Tank and Air-Purge

The FILL-TROL unit is a combination air purge and


pressurized expansion tank. The tank is pre-
pressurized, diaphragm-type with 12 (psig) air charge.

MA X SHIPPING DIMENSIONS (in)


MODEL # GA LLONS
(ps ig) W eight HEIGHT DIA METER

1500/1 2 100 6 12.5 8.0

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

387
Bypass Control Valve

The Honeywell bypass valve controls liquid solution


system pressure. It Installs between the supply and return
lines without the need of electrical hookup. Desired
pressure is controlled by turning the regulating handle. The
differential pressure indicator shows the pump head
available to the system.

Model Temperature Pressure Capacities


Size
Number Rating Rating Max GPM
D146M1032 3/4" FNPT 230° 85 psi 18
D146M1040 1 1/4" FNPT 230° 85 psi 50

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

388
2-Way Motorized Zone Valves

The Honeywell “PowerTrack” motorized zone valves are


available in 2-way configuration only. They are available
with inlet and outlet sizes of .5”, .75” & 1” FNPT. Each
zone valve has an internal auxiliary switch.

M odel Tem perature P res s ure M ax . S hut-off


S iz e CV
Num ber Rating Rating P res s ure
M ZV 524E -T .5" FNP T 240° 125 ps i 20 ps i 5.8
M ZV 525E -T .75" FNP T 240° 125 ps i 20 ps i 5.8
M ZV 526E -T 1" FNP T 240° 125 ps i 17.5 ps i 7

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

389
3-Way Motorized Zone Valves

The Erie “Pop Top” motorized zone valves are available in


3-way configuration only. They are available with inlet and
outlet sizes of .5” & .75” sweat.

Model Temp Pressure Max. Shut-off


Size CV
Number Rating Rating Pressure
VT3212G13A020 .5" Sweat 200° 125 psi 40 psi 3.0
VT3315G13A020 .75" Sweat 200° 125 psi 40 psi 3.0

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

390
Condensate Pump

The Sauermann condensate pump consists of a pump unit


and a remote detection unit fitted with a 3 level float
(on/off/alarm).
The alarm contact (N/C) automatically cuts off the
condensing unit control voltage or a solenoid valve.
Thermal protection 194° F on the pump coil.

Model Max Max Max Discharge


Voltage
Number Flow Suction (hd) (hd)
S13100-SIUS23 208/230/-1 2.64 gpm 9.84 19.69 hd

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

391
Multiaqua Thermostat

The Multiaqua thermostat is designed to be used with the


MHCCW, MHNCCW and MCCW, line of ceiling
concealed fan coils. This thermostat will control the
temperature as well as the fan speed(s).

M odel
V oltage W idth H eight
N um ber
R A B 30 24 V A C 3.80 (in) 4.45 (in)

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

392
Erie Line Voltage Thermostat

The Erie line voltage thermostat is designed to be used with


the MHCCW, MHNCCW and MCCW line of ceiling
concealed fan coils. This thermostat will control the
temperature as well as the fan speed(s).

Model
Voltage W idth Height
Number
T513 120/208-230 3.25 (in) 5.25 (in)

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

393
Wireless Thermostat

The wireless 24vac thermostat is designed to be used with


the CFFWA & FSFCA WITH “U” control option,
CWA2/CWA4 and the line of ceiling concealed fan coils
with limited fan wiring changes. This wall mounted
thermostat comes with a remote control that will control the
up/down of the temperature as well as on/off functions.

Model
Voltage W idth Height
Number
AR7821 24 vac 5.5 (in) 3.75 (in)

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

394
Wye Strainer

The brass Wye Strainer is constructed of solid brass and


comes with each chiller. Also included is a 1.25” x 3” brass
nipple. The Wye Strainer is to be installed in the liquid
solution return line.

Inlet/Outlet Length
Construction
FNPT FNPT
Brass 1.25 (in) 5.00 (in)

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

395
Circulating Pumps

The Gould MCS Series are end suction


centrifugal pumps. The liquid solution handling
parts are constructed out of AISI 304 and 316L
stainless steel for corrosion resistance. The
casing is stainless steel construction with NPT
threaded connections. The casing also contains
easily accessible vent, prime and drain
connections with stainless steel plugs.
The motor is open drip proof and has a totally
enclosed fan cooled enclosure. Rugged ball
bearing design for continuous duty under all
operating conditions.

120/208/230/-1-60 Max
Model
HP Amps Pressure
Number
120 vac 208 230 Rating
1MS1E4CO 1 15 8.3 7.5
1MS1F4BO 1.5 20 11 10
1MS1G4AO 2 22.8 11.7 11.4
208/230/460-3-60
Model
HP Amps 75 psi
Number
208 vac 230 vac 460 vac
1MS1E5CO 1 4.2 4 2
1MS1F5BO 1.5 5.6 5.2 2.6
1MS1G2AO 2 6.8 6.6 3.3

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

396
Pump Model Numbers:
1MS1E4CO, 1MS1F4BO, 1MS1G4AO, 1MS1E5CO, 1MS1F5BO, 1MS1G2AO

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

397
Circulating Pumps

The American Stainless Pumps are end suction


centrifugal pumps. The liquid solution handling
parts are constructed out of AISI 304 and 316L
stainless steel for corrosion resistance. The
casing is stainless steel construction with NPT
threaded connections. The casing also contains
an easily accessible stainless steel drain plug.
The motor is open drip proof and has a totally
enclosed fan cooled enclosure. Rugged ball
bearings design for continuous duty under all
operating conditions.

120/208/230/-1-60 Max
Model
HP Amps Pressure
Number
120 vac 208 230 Rating
SSP-1 0.5 7.4 3.7 3.5
208/230/460-3-60
Model
HP Amps 75 psi
Number
208 vac 230 vac 460 vac
SSP-2 0.5 2 1.8 0.9

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

398
Pump Model Numbers:
SSP-1 & SSP-2

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

399
ASSEMBLY & INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS

MPE468 (L/NL), MPE10 (L/NL), MPE12 (L/NL)


CEILING CONCEALED FAN COIL ENCLOSURE

400
MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL)
Enclosure Assembly Instructions
Ceiling Concealed Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with National Codes. It
is the installer’s responsibility to install the product in accordance with National Codes and / or
prevailing local codes and regulations. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installation
contrary to any code requirement or installation instructions.

Pre-Assembly Checklist
(1) Left & Right Hand Panel (2) Front Discharge Panel (3) Top/Back Panel (4) Hinged Service Access Door

------- CAUTION --------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

GENERAL
Read the entire contents of this
manual before beginning assembly (1) Left and Right Side Panels (2) Front Discharge Panel
The components of this enclosure
have been inspected at the factory
and readied for shipment. Upon
receiving the shipment a visual
inspection of the packaging must be
performed.
If any damage to the packaging is
discovered, an inspection of the
components must be performed and
noted on the delivery documents. If
component damage is found a
damage claim must be filed by the
receiving party against the delivery
party immediately.

For approximate hanging weights (3) Top/Back Panel (4) Hinged Service Access Panel
refer to “figure 11. “OPTIONAL”

401
MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL)
Enclosure Assembly Instructions
Ceiling Concealed Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

-------- CAUTION --------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

GENERAL
Filters are not provided with the
unit or enclosure and must be
provided by the installing
contractor. Refer to figure 12 for
recommended filter sizes. For Figure 1
enclosure part numbers and
dimensions refer to figure 13. For
service access panel dimensions
refer to figure 14. All screws and
bolts for assembly are provided.

ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY

1. Position the top/back panel on a


smooth, flat surface with the
insulation side of panel facing
upward.
Figure 1.
Figure 2
2. Fold up the short end (back
panel) of the top/back panel to
allow for the assembly of the two
side panels.
Figure 2.

3. Attach the short end of the each


side panel by attaching it to the
folded up back panel with two
screws on each panel. Ensure that
the arrow on both side panels is
facing away from the folded up
back panel.
Figure 3. Figure 3

402
MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL)
Enclosure Assembly Instructions
Ceiling Concealed Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

------- CAUTION --------


Care must be taken when
handling sheet metal. Sheet
metal parts have sharp edges
and could cause injury.

ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY

4. Rotate the enclosure onto the


Figure 4
back panel in order to attach the
front discharge panel.
Figure 4.

5. Position the front discharge


panel on top of the two side
panels and attach with two screws
per side. Ensure that the discharge
panel opening is closer to the top
panel.
Figure 5

6. Fold the top panel and secure


it to the two side panels using Figure 5
three screws per side and to the
front discharge panel using four
screws.
Figure 6

Figure 6

403
MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL)
Enclosure Assembly Instructions
Ceiling Concealed Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

-----------------CAUTION------------------
These units are designed to be installed in a
horizontal configuration only. Care must be
taken to ensure of the structural integrity of the
supporting members, clearances and provisions
for servicing, power supply, coil connections
and drain facilitation.
Outside

ENCLOSURE
INSTALLATION
Figure 7
7. Cut away insulation from the
inside of the top panel to allow
the installation of the fan coil
mounting bolts.
Figure 7 & 8

8. From the inside of the top


panel, insert two mounting bolts
(hex head first) into each side of
the mounting track. Ensure that
each bolt moves freely in both Inside
directions.
Figure 8

Figure 8
9. Locate the four mounting
holes on the top panel of the
enclosure. Raise the enclosure to
the selected mounting area and Mounting Means
secure with an adequate mounting 2 per side
method. Ensure that the enclosure
is level in both directions to allow
for proper condensate removal
and/or operation.
Figure 9

Figure 9

404
MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL)
Enclosure Assembly Instructions
Ceiling Concealed Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

------------------CAUTION-----------------
These units are designed to be installed in a ------------------ CAUTION ----------------
horizontal configuration only. Care must be Care must be taken when handling sheet metal.
taken to ensure of the structural integrity of the Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could
supporting members, clearances and provisions cause injury.
for servicing, power supply, coil connections
and drain facilitation.

SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR CONNECTIONS

10. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork.
Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange, that the screws are at least one and half inches away from
the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure
assembly. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor
must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is
required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame adheres to
national codes and/or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing the service access
panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel.
Figure 10

Fan Coil Mounting Bolts


Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure

Optional Return Air


Cutout
Supply Duct Flange

Frame Enclosure
Supplied By Others Ceiling

Hinged Service Access Panel Return Air Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP)

Figure 10

405
MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL)
Enclosure Assembly Instructions
Ceiling Cocealed Fan Coils 1- 3 Tons

--------------CAUTION---------------
These units are designed to be installed in
a horizontal configuration only. Care must ------------------ CAUTION ------------------
be taken to ensure of the structural Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet
integrity of the supporting members, metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury.
clearances and provisions for servicing,
power supply, coil connections and drain
facilitation.

FAN COIL APPROXIMATED WEIGHTS


ENCLOSURE FAN COIL Dimensions in
MODEL SIZE
PART NUMBER Depth Length Height
NUMBER (KG) (LBS)
MHCCW(X)04 30.00 66.0 MPE468 4 32.75 39.75 11.00

MHCCW(X)06 31.00 68.2 MPE468 6 32.75 39.75 11.00


MHCCW(X)08 33.00 72.6 MPE468 8 32.75 39.75 11.00
MHCCW(X)10 34.00 74.8 MPE10 10 32.75 45.75 11.00
MHCCW(X)12 38.00 83.6 MPE12 12 32.75 51.75 11.00

Figure 11 Figure 13

FAN COIL RECOMMENDED FILTER SIZES LOUVERED & NON-LOUVERED


MODEL
NUMBER Width (in) Length (in) SERVICE ACCESS PANEL
MHCCW(X)04 18 36
PANEL MODEL FAN COIL LENGTH WIDTH
MHCCW(X)06 18 36 NUMBER SIZE (in) (in)
MHCCW(X)08 18 36 MAP468L (NL) 4 43.25 27.5
MHCCW(X)10 18 36 MAP468L (NL) 6 43.25 27.5
MAP468L (NL) 8 43.25 27.5
MHCCW(X)12 2 qty 18 24 MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5
Figure 12 MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5

Figure 14

406
Sample Piping Configurations

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

407
Banked Chiller Configuration

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

408
LIMITED WARRANTY INFORMATION AND REGISTRATION
This warranty is extended by Multiaqua, Inc. (hereafter referred to as MAI) to the final purchaser.
MAI warrants its products to be free of defects in materials and workmanship at the time of original
purchase and for subsequent periods of time as described below.

Multiaqua MAC & MACH Chiller parts are warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for up
to 12 months from the date of installation.

• The compressor is warranted for 5 years from the date of installation.


• The heat exchanger is warranted for 5 years from the date of installation

Multiaqua MHCCW, MHNCCW, MCCW, MHWW, CFFWA, CWA2, CWA4, MHCCX,


MHNCCX, MCCX, FSFCA and MHWX fan coil parts are warranted to be free from manufacturing
defects for up to 12 months from the date of installation.
Multiaqua accessories-valves, storage tanks, expansion tank, pumps, control valves, bypass valve,
wye strainer, condensate pump, thermostats and controls are warranted to be free from
manufacturing defects for up to 12 months from the date of installation.

If during the period of warranty, the products listed prove defective under normal use and service
due to improper materials workmanship as determined by MAI, the company will at its sole
discretion, repair or replace the defective part or component.

Conditions
• In the event MAI repairs or replaces a part or component, the repaired or replaced product shall be
warranted under the original limited warranty for the remainder of the original warranty period.
• The warranty does not cover any failure of components not supplied by MAI, nor does it cover
failure of any part due to misuse (including neglect, improper installation, repair alteration,
modification or adjustment).
• Damage caused by freezing, corrosion and fouling is not covered under this warranty.
• There are no other express warranties, whether written or oral other than this printed limited
warranty. All implied warranties, including without limitation the implied or merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose, are limited to the duration of this limited warranty. In no way shall
the company be liable for incidental or consequential damages of any nature whatsoever, including
but not limited to lost profits or commercial loss, to the full extent those damages can be disclaimed
by law.
Chilled Water Air Conditioning Systems
THINK WATER!

Multiaqua, Inc.
306 Hagood Street
Easley, SC. 29640
Phone (864) 850-8990
Fax (864) 850-8995
www.multiaqua.com